/* Read a symbol table in ECOFF format (Third-Eye).
|
/* Read a symbol table in ECOFF format (Third-Eye).
|
|
|
Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996,
|
Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996,
|
1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
|
1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
|
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
|
|
Original version contributed by Alessandro Forin (af@cs.cmu.edu) at
|
Original version contributed by Alessandro Forin (af@cs.cmu.edu) at
|
CMU. Major work by Per Bothner, John Gilmore and Ian Lance Taylor
|
CMU. Major work by Per Bothner, John Gilmore and Ian Lance Taylor
|
at Cygnus Support.
|
at Cygnus Support.
|
|
|
This file is part of GDB.
|
This file is part of GDB.
|
|
|
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
|
(at your option) any later version.
|
(at your option) any later version.
|
|
|
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
|
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
|
|
/* This module provides the function mdebug_build_psymtabs. It reads
|
/* This module provides the function mdebug_build_psymtabs. It reads
|
ECOFF debugging information into partial symbol tables. The
|
ECOFF debugging information into partial symbol tables. The
|
debugging information is read from two structures. A struct
|
debugging information is read from two structures. A struct
|
ecoff_debug_swap includes the sizes of each ECOFF structure and
|
ecoff_debug_swap includes the sizes of each ECOFF structure and
|
swapping routines; these are fixed for a particular target. A
|
swapping routines; these are fixed for a particular target. A
|
struct ecoff_debug_info points to the debugging information for a
|
struct ecoff_debug_info points to the debugging information for a
|
particular object file.
|
particular object file.
|
|
|
ECOFF symbol tables are mostly written in the byte order of the
|
ECOFF symbol tables are mostly written in the byte order of the
|
target machine. However, one section of the table (the auxiliary
|
target machine. However, one section of the table (the auxiliary
|
symbol information) is written in the host byte order. There is a
|
symbol information) is written in the host byte order. There is a
|
bit in the other symbol info which describes which host byte order
|
bit in the other symbol info which describes which host byte order
|
was used. ECOFF thereby takes the trophy from Intel `b.out' for
|
was used. ECOFF thereby takes the trophy from Intel `b.out' for
|
the most brain-dead adaptation of a file format to byte order.
|
the most brain-dead adaptation of a file format to byte order.
|
|
|
This module can read all four of the known byte-order combinations,
|
This module can read all four of the known byte-order combinations,
|
on any type of host. */
|
on any type of host. */
|
|
|
#include "defs.h"
|
#include "defs.h"
|
#include "symtab.h"
|
#include "symtab.h"
|
#include "gdbtypes.h"
|
#include "gdbtypes.h"
|
#include "gdbcore.h"
|
#include "gdbcore.h"
|
#include "objfiles.h"
|
#include "objfiles.h"
|
#include "gdb_obstack.h"
|
#include "gdb_obstack.h"
|
#include "buildsym.h"
|
#include "buildsym.h"
|
#include "stabsread.h"
|
#include "stabsread.h"
|
#include "complaints.h"
|
#include "complaints.h"
|
#include "demangle.h"
|
#include "demangle.h"
|
#include "gdb_assert.h"
|
#include "gdb_assert.h"
|
#include "block.h"
|
#include "block.h"
|
#include "dictionary.h"
|
#include "dictionary.h"
|
#include "mdebugread.h"
|
#include "mdebugread.h"
|
#include "gdb_stat.h"
|
#include "gdb_stat.h"
|
#include "gdb_string.h"
|
#include "gdb_string.h"
|
|
|
#include "bfd.h"
|
#include "bfd.h"
|
|
|
#include "coff/ecoff.h" /* COFF-like aspects of ecoff files */
|
#include "coff/ecoff.h" /* COFF-like aspects of ecoff files */
|
|
|
#include "libaout.h" /* Private BFD a.out information. */
|
#include "libaout.h" /* Private BFD a.out information. */
|
#include "aout/aout64.h"
|
#include "aout/aout64.h"
|
#include "aout/stab_gnu.h" /* STABS information */
|
#include "aout/stab_gnu.h" /* STABS information */
|
|
|
#include "expression.h"
|
#include "expression.h"
|
|
|
extern void _initialize_mdebugread (void);
|
extern void _initialize_mdebugread (void);
|
|
|
/* Provide a way to test if we have both ECOFF and ELF symbol tables.
|
/* Provide a way to test if we have both ECOFF and ELF symbol tables.
|
We use this define in order to know whether we should override a
|
We use this define in order to know whether we should override a
|
symbol's ECOFF section with its ELF section. This is necessary in
|
symbol's ECOFF section with its ELF section. This is necessary in
|
case the symbol's ELF section could not be represented in ECOFF. */
|
case the symbol's ELF section could not be represented in ECOFF. */
|
#define ECOFF_IN_ELF(bfd) (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
|
#define ECOFF_IN_ELF(bfd) (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
|
&& bfd_get_section_by_name (bfd, ".mdebug") != NULL)
|
&& bfd_get_section_by_name (bfd, ".mdebug") != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
/* We put a pointer to this structure in the read_symtab_private field
|
/* We put a pointer to this structure in the read_symtab_private field
|
of the psymtab. */
|
of the psymtab. */
|
|
|
struct symloc
|
struct symloc
|
{
|
{
|
/* Index of the FDR that this psymtab represents. */
|
/* Index of the FDR that this psymtab represents. */
|
int fdr_idx;
|
int fdr_idx;
|
/* The BFD that the psymtab was created from. */
|
/* The BFD that the psymtab was created from. */
|
bfd *cur_bfd;
|
bfd *cur_bfd;
|
const struct ecoff_debug_swap *debug_swap;
|
const struct ecoff_debug_swap *debug_swap;
|
struct ecoff_debug_info *debug_info;
|
struct ecoff_debug_info *debug_info;
|
struct mdebug_pending **pending_list;
|
struct mdebug_pending **pending_list;
|
/* Pointer to external symbols for this file. */
|
/* Pointer to external symbols for this file. */
|
EXTR *extern_tab;
|
EXTR *extern_tab;
|
/* Size of extern_tab. */
|
/* Size of extern_tab. */
|
int extern_count;
|
int extern_count;
|
enum language pst_language;
|
enum language pst_language;
|
};
|
};
|
|
|
#define PST_PRIVATE(p) ((struct symloc *)(p)->read_symtab_private)
|
#define PST_PRIVATE(p) ((struct symloc *)(p)->read_symtab_private)
|
#define FDR_IDX(p) (PST_PRIVATE(p)->fdr_idx)
|
#define FDR_IDX(p) (PST_PRIVATE(p)->fdr_idx)
|
#define CUR_BFD(p) (PST_PRIVATE(p)->cur_bfd)
|
#define CUR_BFD(p) (PST_PRIVATE(p)->cur_bfd)
|
#define DEBUG_SWAP(p) (PST_PRIVATE(p)->debug_swap)
|
#define DEBUG_SWAP(p) (PST_PRIVATE(p)->debug_swap)
|
#define DEBUG_INFO(p) (PST_PRIVATE(p)->debug_info)
|
#define DEBUG_INFO(p) (PST_PRIVATE(p)->debug_info)
|
#define PENDING_LIST(p) (PST_PRIVATE(p)->pending_list)
|
#define PENDING_LIST(p) (PST_PRIVATE(p)->pending_list)
|
|
|
#define SC_IS_TEXT(sc) ((sc) == scText \
|
#define SC_IS_TEXT(sc) ((sc) == scText \
|
|| (sc) == scRConst \
|
|| (sc) == scRConst \
|
|| (sc) == scInit \
|
|| (sc) == scInit \
|
|| (sc) == scFini)
|
|| (sc) == scFini)
|
#define SC_IS_DATA(sc) ((sc) == scData \
|
#define SC_IS_DATA(sc) ((sc) == scData \
|
|| (sc) == scSData \
|
|| (sc) == scSData \
|
|| (sc) == scRData \
|
|| (sc) == scRData \
|
|| (sc) == scPData \
|
|| (sc) == scPData \
|
|| (sc) == scXData)
|
|| (sc) == scXData)
|
#define SC_IS_COMMON(sc) ((sc) == scCommon || (sc) == scSCommon)
|
#define SC_IS_COMMON(sc) ((sc) == scCommon || (sc) == scSCommon)
|
#define SC_IS_BSS(sc) ((sc) == scBss)
|
#define SC_IS_BSS(sc) ((sc) == scBss)
|
#define SC_IS_SBSS(sc) ((sc) == scSBss)
|
#define SC_IS_SBSS(sc) ((sc) == scSBss)
|
#define SC_IS_UNDEF(sc) ((sc) == scUndefined || (sc) == scSUndefined)
|
#define SC_IS_UNDEF(sc) ((sc) == scUndefined || (sc) == scSUndefined)
|
|
|
/* Various complaints about symbol reading that don't abort the process */
|
/* Various complaints about symbol reading that don't abort the process */
|
static void
|
static void
|
index_complaint (const char *arg1)
|
index_complaint (const char *arg1)
|
{
|
{
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints, _("bad aux index at symbol %s"), arg1);
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints, _("bad aux index at symbol %s"), arg1);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
static void
|
static void
|
unknown_ext_complaint (const char *arg1)
|
unknown_ext_complaint (const char *arg1)
|
{
|
{
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints, _("unknown external symbol %s"), arg1);
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints, _("unknown external symbol %s"), arg1);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
static void
|
static void
|
basic_type_complaint (int arg1, const char *arg2)
|
basic_type_complaint (int arg1, const char *arg2)
|
{
|
{
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints, _("cannot map ECOFF basic type 0x%x for %s"),
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints, _("cannot map ECOFF basic type 0x%x for %s"),
|
arg1, arg2);
|
arg1, arg2);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
static void
|
static void
|
bad_tag_guess_complaint (const char *arg1)
|
bad_tag_guess_complaint (const char *arg1)
|
{
|
{
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints, _("guessed tag type of %s incorrectly"), arg1);
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints, _("guessed tag type of %s incorrectly"), arg1);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
static void
|
static void
|
bad_rfd_entry_complaint (const char *arg1, int arg2, int arg3)
|
bad_rfd_entry_complaint (const char *arg1, int arg2, int arg3)
|
{
|
{
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints, _("bad rfd entry for %s: file %d, index %d"),
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints, _("bad rfd entry for %s: file %d, index %d"),
|
arg1, arg2, arg3);
|
arg1, arg2, arg3);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
static void
|
static void
|
unexpected_type_code_complaint (const char *arg1)
|
unexpected_type_code_complaint (const char *arg1)
|
{
|
{
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints, _("unexpected type code for %s"), arg1);
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints, _("unexpected type code for %s"), arg1);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Macros and extra defs */
|
/* Macros and extra defs */
|
|
|
/* Puns: hard to find whether -g was used and how */
|
/* Puns: hard to find whether -g was used and how */
|
|
|
#define MIN_GLEVEL GLEVEL_0
|
#define MIN_GLEVEL GLEVEL_0
|
#define compare_glevel(a,b) \
|
#define compare_glevel(a,b) \
|
(((a) == GLEVEL_3) ? ((b) < GLEVEL_3) : \
|
(((a) == GLEVEL_3) ? ((b) < GLEVEL_3) : \
|
((b) == GLEVEL_3) ? -1 : (int)((b) - (a)))
|
((b) == GLEVEL_3) ? -1 : (int)((b) - (a)))
|
|
|
/* Things that really are local to this module */
|
/* Things that really are local to this module */
|
|
|
/* Remember what we deduced to be the source language of this psymtab. */
|
/* Remember what we deduced to be the source language of this psymtab. */
|
|
|
static enum language psymtab_language = language_unknown;
|
static enum language psymtab_language = language_unknown;
|
|
|
/* Current BFD. */
|
/* Current BFD. */
|
|
|
static bfd *cur_bfd;
|
static bfd *cur_bfd;
|
|
|
/* How to parse debugging information for CUR_BFD. */
|
/* How to parse debugging information for CUR_BFD. */
|
|
|
static const struct ecoff_debug_swap *debug_swap;
|
static const struct ecoff_debug_swap *debug_swap;
|
|
|
/* Pointers to debugging information for CUR_BFD. */
|
/* Pointers to debugging information for CUR_BFD. */
|
|
|
static struct ecoff_debug_info *debug_info;
|
static struct ecoff_debug_info *debug_info;
|
|
|
/* Pointer to current file decriptor record, and its index */
|
/* Pointer to current file decriptor record, and its index */
|
|
|
static FDR *cur_fdr;
|
static FDR *cur_fdr;
|
static int cur_fd;
|
static int cur_fd;
|
|
|
/* Index of current symbol */
|
/* Index of current symbol */
|
|
|
static int cur_sdx;
|
static int cur_sdx;
|
|
|
/* Note how much "debuggable" this image is. We would like
|
/* Note how much "debuggable" this image is. We would like
|
to see at least one FDR with full symbols */
|
to see at least one FDR with full symbols */
|
|
|
static int max_gdbinfo;
|
static int max_gdbinfo;
|
static int max_glevel;
|
static int max_glevel;
|
|
|
/* When examining .o files, report on undefined symbols */
|
/* When examining .o files, report on undefined symbols */
|
|
|
static int n_undef_symbols, n_undef_labels, n_undef_vars, n_undef_procs;
|
static int n_undef_symbols, n_undef_labels, n_undef_vars, n_undef_procs;
|
|
|
/* Pseudo symbol to use when putting stabs into the symbol table. */
|
/* Pseudo symbol to use when putting stabs into the symbol table. */
|
|
|
static char stabs_symbol[] = STABS_SYMBOL;
|
static char stabs_symbol[] = STABS_SYMBOL;
|
|
|
/* Nonzero if we have seen ecoff debugging info for a file. */
|
/* Nonzero if we have seen ecoff debugging info for a file. */
|
|
|
static int found_ecoff_debugging_info;
|
static int found_ecoff_debugging_info;
|
|
|
/* Forward declarations */
|
/* Forward declarations */
|
|
|
static int upgrade_type (int, struct type **, int, union aux_ext *,
|
static int upgrade_type (int, struct type **, int, union aux_ext *,
|
int, char *);
|
int, char *);
|
|
|
static void parse_partial_symbols (struct objfile *);
|
static void parse_partial_symbols (struct objfile *);
|
|
|
static int has_opaque_xref (FDR *, SYMR *);
|
static int has_opaque_xref (FDR *, SYMR *);
|
|
|
static int cross_ref (int, union aux_ext *, struct type **, enum type_code,
|
static int cross_ref (int, union aux_ext *, struct type **, enum type_code,
|
char **, int, char *);
|
char **, int, char *);
|
|
|
static struct symbol *new_symbol (char *);
|
static struct symbol *new_symbol (char *);
|
|
|
static struct type *new_type (char *);
|
static struct type *new_type (char *);
|
|
|
enum block_type { FUNCTION_BLOCK, NON_FUNCTION_BLOCK };
|
enum block_type { FUNCTION_BLOCK, NON_FUNCTION_BLOCK };
|
|
|
static struct block *new_block (enum block_type);
|
static struct block *new_block (enum block_type);
|
|
|
static struct symtab *new_symtab (char *, int, struct objfile *);
|
static struct symtab *new_symtab (char *, int, struct objfile *);
|
|
|
static struct linetable *new_linetable (int);
|
static struct linetable *new_linetable (int);
|
|
|
static struct blockvector *new_bvect (int);
|
static struct blockvector *new_bvect (int);
|
|
|
static struct type *parse_type (int, union aux_ext *, unsigned int, int *,
|
static struct type *parse_type (int, union aux_ext *, unsigned int, int *,
|
int, char *);
|
int, char *);
|
|
|
static struct symbol *mylookup_symbol (char *, struct block *, domain_enum,
|
static struct symbol *mylookup_symbol (char *, struct block *, domain_enum,
|
enum address_class);
|
enum address_class);
|
|
|
static void sort_blocks (struct symtab *);
|
static void sort_blocks (struct symtab *);
|
|
|
static struct partial_symtab *new_psymtab (char *, struct objfile *);
|
static struct partial_symtab *new_psymtab (char *, struct objfile *);
|
|
|
static void psymtab_to_symtab_1 (struct partial_symtab *, char *);
|
static void psymtab_to_symtab_1 (struct partial_symtab *, char *);
|
|
|
static void add_block (struct block *, struct symtab *);
|
static void add_block (struct block *, struct symtab *);
|
|
|
static void add_symbol (struct symbol *, struct symtab *, struct block *);
|
static void add_symbol (struct symbol *, struct symtab *, struct block *);
|
|
|
static int add_line (struct linetable *, int, CORE_ADDR, int);
|
static int add_line (struct linetable *, int, CORE_ADDR, int);
|
|
|
static struct linetable *shrink_linetable (struct linetable *);
|
static struct linetable *shrink_linetable (struct linetable *);
|
|
|
static void handle_psymbol_enumerators (struct objfile *, FDR *, int,
|
static void handle_psymbol_enumerators (struct objfile *, FDR *, int,
|
CORE_ADDR);
|
CORE_ADDR);
|
|
|
static char *mdebug_next_symbol_text (struct objfile *);
|
static char *mdebug_next_symbol_text (struct objfile *);
|
|
|
/* Exported procedure: Builds a symtab from the PST partial one.
|
/* Exported procedure: Builds a symtab from the PST partial one.
|
Restores the environment in effect when PST was created, delegates
|
Restores the environment in effect when PST was created, delegates
|
most of the work to an ancillary procedure, and sorts
|
most of the work to an ancillary procedure, and sorts
|
and reorders the symtab list at the end */
|
and reorders the symtab list at the end */
|
|
|
static void
|
static void
|
mdebug_psymtab_to_symtab (struct partial_symtab *pst)
|
mdebug_psymtab_to_symtab (struct partial_symtab *pst)
|
{
|
{
|
|
|
if (!pst)
|
if (!pst)
|
return;
|
return;
|
|
|
if (info_verbose)
|
if (info_verbose)
|
{
|
{
|
printf_filtered (_("Reading in symbols for %s..."), pst->filename);
|
printf_filtered (_("Reading in symbols for %s..."), pst->filename);
|
gdb_flush (gdb_stdout);
|
gdb_flush (gdb_stdout);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
next_symbol_text_func = mdebug_next_symbol_text;
|
next_symbol_text_func = mdebug_next_symbol_text;
|
|
|
psymtab_to_symtab_1 (pst, pst->filename);
|
psymtab_to_symtab_1 (pst, pst->filename);
|
|
|
/* Match with global symbols. This only needs to be done once,
|
/* Match with global symbols. This only needs to be done once,
|
after all of the symtabs and dependencies have been read in. */
|
after all of the symtabs and dependencies have been read in. */
|
scan_file_globals (pst->objfile);
|
scan_file_globals (pst->objfile);
|
|
|
if (info_verbose)
|
if (info_verbose)
|
printf_filtered (_("done.\n"));
|
printf_filtered (_("done.\n"));
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* File-level interface functions */
|
/* File-level interface functions */
|
|
|
/* Find a file descriptor given its index RF relative to a file CF */
|
/* Find a file descriptor given its index RF relative to a file CF */
|
|
|
static FDR *
|
static FDR *
|
get_rfd (int cf, int rf)
|
get_rfd (int cf, int rf)
|
{
|
{
|
FDR *fdrs;
|
FDR *fdrs;
|
FDR *f;
|
FDR *f;
|
RFDT rfd;
|
RFDT rfd;
|
|
|
fdrs = debug_info->fdr;
|
fdrs = debug_info->fdr;
|
f = fdrs + cf;
|
f = fdrs + cf;
|
/* Object files do not have the RFD table, all refs are absolute */
|
/* Object files do not have the RFD table, all refs are absolute */
|
if (f->rfdBase == 0)
|
if (f->rfdBase == 0)
|
return fdrs + rf;
|
return fdrs + rf;
|
(*debug_swap->swap_rfd_in) (cur_bfd,
|
(*debug_swap->swap_rfd_in) (cur_bfd,
|
((char *) debug_info->external_rfd
|
((char *) debug_info->external_rfd
|
+ ((f->rfdBase + rf)
|
+ ((f->rfdBase + rf)
|
* debug_swap->external_rfd_size)),
|
* debug_swap->external_rfd_size)),
|
&rfd);
|
&rfd);
|
return fdrs + rfd;
|
return fdrs + rfd;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Return a safer print NAME for a file descriptor */
|
/* Return a safer print NAME for a file descriptor */
|
|
|
static char *
|
static char *
|
fdr_name (FDR *f)
|
fdr_name (FDR *f)
|
{
|
{
|
if (f->rss == -1)
|
if (f->rss == -1)
|
return "<stripped file>";
|
return "<stripped file>";
|
if (f->rss == 0)
|
if (f->rss == 0)
|
return "<NFY>";
|
return "<NFY>";
|
return debug_info->ss + f->issBase + f->rss;
|
return debug_info->ss + f->issBase + f->rss;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
/* Read in and parse the symtab of the file OBJFILE. Symbols from
|
/* Read in and parse the symtab of the file OBJFILE. Symbols from
|
different sections are relocated via the SECTION_OFFSETS. */
|
different sections are relocated via the SECTION_OFFSETS. */
|
|
|
void
|
void
|
mdebug_build_psymtabs (struct objfile *objfile,
|
mdebug_build_psymtabs (struct objfile *objfile,
|
const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap,
|
const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap,
|
struct ecoff_debug_info *info)
|
struct ecoff_debug_info *info)
|
{
|
{
|
cur_bfd = objfile->obfd;
|
cur_bfd = objfile->obfd;
|
debug_swap = swap;
|
debug_swap = swap;
|
debug_info = info;
|
debug_info = info;
|
|
|
stabsread_new_init ();
|
stabsread_new_init ();
|
buildsym_new_init ();
|
buildsym_new_init ();
|
free_header_files ();
|
free_header_files ();
|
init_header_files ();
|
init_header_files ();
|
|
|
/* Make sure all the FDR information is swapped in. */
|
/* Make sure all the FDR information is swapped in. */
|
if (info->fdr == (FDR *) NULL)
|
if (info->fdr == (FDR *) NULL)
|
{
|
{
|
char *fdr_src;
|
char *fdr_src;
|
char *fdr_end;
|
char *fdr_end;
|
FDR *fdr_ptr;
|
FDR *fdr_ptr;
|
|
|
info->fdr = (FDR *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
|
info->fdr = (FDR *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
|
(info->symbolic_header.ifdMax
|
(info->symbolic_header.ifdMax
|
* sizeof (FDR)));
|
* sizeof (FDR)));
|
fdr_src = info->external_fdr;
|
fdr_src = info->external_fdr;
|
fdr_end = (fdr_src
|
fdr_end = (fdr_src
|
+ info->symbolic_header.ifdMax * swap->external_fdr_size);
|
+ info->symbolic_header.ifdMax * swap->external_fdr_size);
|
fdr_ptr = info->fdr;
|
fdr_ptr = info->fdr;
|
for (; fdr_src < fdr_end; fdr_src += swap->external_fdr_size, fdr_ptr++)
|
for (; fdr_src < fdr_end; fdr_src += swap->external_fdr_size, fdr_ptr++)
|
(*swap->swap_fdr_in) (objfile->obfd, fdr_src, fdr_ptr);
|
(*swap->swap_fdr_in) (objfile->obfd, fdr_src, fdr_ptr);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
parse_partial_symbols (objfile);
|
parse_partial_symbols (objfile);
|
|
|
#if 0
|
#if 0
|
/* Check to make sure file was compiled with -g. If not, warn the
|
/* Check to make sure file was compiled with -g. If not, warn the
|
user of this limitation. */
|
user of this limitation. */
|
if (compare_glevel (max_glevel, GLEVEL_2) < 0)
|
if (compare_glevel (max_glevel, GLEVEL_2) < 0)
|
{
|
{
|
if (max_gdbinfo == 0)
|
if (max_gdbinfo == 0)
|
printf_unfiltered (_("\n%s not compiled with -g, debugging support is limited.\n"),
|
printf_unfiltered (_("\n%s not compiled with -g, debugging support is limited.\n"),
|
objfile->name);
|
objfile->name);
|
printf_unfiltered (_("You should compile with -g2 or -g3 for best debugging support.\n"));
|
printf_unfiltered (_("You should compile with -g2 or -g3 for best debugging support.\n"));
|
gdb_flush (gdb_stdout);
|
gdb_flush (gdb_stdout);
|
}
|
}
|
#endif
|
#endif
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Local utilities */
|
/* Local utilities */
|
|
|
/* Map of FDR indexes to partial symtabs */
|
/* Map of FDR indexes to partial symtabs */
|
|
|
struct pst_map
|
struct pst_map
|
{
|
{
|
struct partial_symtab *pst; /* the psymtab proper */
|
struct partial_symtab *pst; /* the psymtab proper */
|
long n_globals; /* exported globals (external symbols) */
|
long n_globals; /* exported globals (external symbols) */
|
long globals_offset; /* cumulative */
|
long globals_offset; /* cumulative */
|
};
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
/* Utility stack, used to nest procedures and blocks properly.
|
/* Utility stack, used to nest procedures and blocks properly.
|
It is a doubly linked list, to avoid too many alloc/free.
|
It is a doubly linked list, to avoid too many alloc/free.
|
Since we might need it quite a few times it is NOT deallocated
|
Since we might need it quite a few times it is NOT deallocated
|
after use. */
|
after use. */
|
|
|
static struct parse_stack
|
static struct parse_stack
|
{
|
{
|
struct parse_stack *next, *prev;
|
struct parse_stack *next, *prev;
|
struct symtab *cur_st; /* Current symtab. */
|
struct symtab *cur_st; /* Current symtab. */
|
struct block *cur_block; /* Block in it. */
|
struct block *cur_block; /* Block in it. */
|
|
|
/* What are we parsing. stFile, or stBlock are for files and
|
/* What are we parsing. stFile, or stBlock are for files and
|
blocks. stProc or stStaticProc means we have seen the start of a
|
blocks. stProc or stStaticProc means we have seen the start of a
|
procedure, but not the start of the block within in. When we see
|
procedure, but not the start of the block within in. When we see
|
the start of that block, we change it to stNil, without pushing a
|
the start of that block, we change it to stNil, without pushing a
|
new block, i.e. stNil means both a procedure and a block. */
|
new block, i.e. stNil means both a procedure and a block. */
|
|
|
int blocktype;
|
int blocktype;
|
|
|
struct type *cur_type; /* Type we parse fields for. */
|
struct type *cur_type; /* Type we parse fields for. */
|
int cur_field; /* Field number in cur_type. */
|
int cur_field; /* Field number in cur_type. */
|
CORE_ADDR procadr; /* Start addres of this procedure */
|
CORE_ADDR procadr; /* Start addres of this procedure */
|
int numargs; /* Its argument count */
|
int numargs; /* Its argument count */
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
*top_stack; /* Top stack ptr */
|
*top_stack; /* Top stack ptr */
|
|
|
|
|
/* Enter a new lexical context */
|
/* Enter a new lexical context */
|
|
|
static void
|
static void
|
push_parse_stack (void)
|
push_parse_stack (void)
|
{
|
{
|
struct parse_stack *new;
|
struct parse_stack *new;
|
|
|
/* Reuse frames if possible */
|
/* Reuse frames if possible */
|
if (top_stack && top_stack->prev)
|
if (top_stack && top_stack->prev)
|
new = top_stack->prev;
|
new = top_stack->prev;
|
else
|
else
|
new = (struct parse_stack *) xzalloc (sizeof (struct parse_stack));
|
new = (struct parse_stack *) xzalloc (sizeof (struct parse_stack));
|
/* Initialize new frame with previous content */
|
/* Initialize new frame with previous content */
|
if (top_stack)
|
if (top_stack)
|
{
|
{
|
struct parse_stack *prev = new->prev;
|
struct parse_stack *prev = new->prev;
|
|
|
*new = *top_stack;
|
*new = *top_stack;
|
top_stack->prev = new;
|
top_stack->prev = new;
|
new->prev = prev;
|
new->prev = prev;
|
new->next = top_stack;
|
new->next = top_stack;
|
}
|
}
|
top_stack = new;
|
top_stack = new;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Exit a lexical context */
|
/* Exit a lexical context */
|
|
|
static void
|
static void
|
pop_parse_stack (void)
|
pop_parse_stack (void)
|
{
|
{
|
if (!top_stack)
|
if (!top_stack)
|
return;
|
return;
|
if (top_stack->next)
|
if (top_stack->next)
|
top_stack = top_stack->next;
|
top_stack = top_stack->next;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
/* Cross-references might be to things we haven't looked at
|
/* Cross-references might be to things we haven't looked at
|
yet, e.g. type references. To avoid too many type
|
yet, e.g. type references. To avoid too many type
|
duplications we keep a quick fixup table, an array
|
duplications we keep a quick fixup table, an array
|
of lists of references indexed by file descriptor */
|
of lists of references indexed by file descriptor */
|
|
|
struct mdebug_pending
|
struct mdebug_pending
|
{
|
{
|
struct mdebug_pending *next; /* link */
|
struct mdebug_pending *next; /* link */
|
char *s; /* the unswapped symbol */
|
char *s; /* the unswapped symbol */
|
struct type *t; /* its partial type descriptor */
|
struct type *t; /* its partial type descriptor */
|
};
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
/* The pending information is kept for an entire object file, and used
|
/* The pending information is kept for an entire object file, and used
|
to be in the deprecated_sym_private field. I took it out when I
|
to be in the deprecated_sym_private field. I took it out when I
|
split mdebugread from mipsread, because this might not be the only
|
split mdebugread from mipsread, because this might not be the only
|
type of symbols read from an object file. Instead, we allocate the
|
type of symbols read from an object file. Instead, we allocate the
|
pending information table when we create the partial symbols, and
|
pending information table when we create the partial symbols, and
|
we store a pointer to the single table in each psymtab. */
|
we store a pointer to the single table in each psymtab. */
|
|
|
static struct mdebug_pending **pending_list;
|
static struct mdebug_pending **pending_list;
|
|
|
/* Check whether we already saw symbol SH in file FH */
|
/* Check whether we already saw symbol SH in file FH */
|
|
|
static struct mdebug_pending *
|
static struct mdebug_pending *
|
is_pending_symbol (FDR *fh, char *sh)
|
is_pending_symbol (FDR *fh, char *sh)
|
{
|
{
|
int f_idx = fh - debug_info->fdr;
|
int f_idx = fh - debug_info->fdr;
|
struct mdebug_pending *p;
|
struct mdebug_pending *p;
|
|
|
/* Linear search is ok, list is typically no more than 10 deep */
|
/* Linear search is ok, list is typically no more than 10 deep */
|
for (p = pending_list[f_idx]; p; p = p->next)
|
for (p = pending_list[f_idx]; p; p = p->next)
|
if (p->s == sh)
|
if (p->s == sh)
|
break;
|
break;
|
return p;
|
return p;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Add a new symbol SH of type T */
|
/* Add a new symbol SH of type T */
|
|
|
static void
|
static void
|
add_pending (FDR *fh, char *sh, struct type *t)
|
add_pending (FDR *fh, char *sh, struct type *t)
|
{
|
{
|
int f_idx = fh - debug_info->fdr;
|
int f_idx = fh - debug_info->fdr;
|
struct mdebug_pending *p = is_pending_symbol (fh, sh);
|
struct mdebug_pending *p = is_pending_symbol (fh, sh);
|
|
|
/* Make sure we do not make duplicates */
|
/* Make sure we do not make duplicates */
|
if (!p)
|
if (!p)
|
{
|
{
|
p = ((struct mdebug_pending *)
|
p = ((struct mdebug_pending *)
|
obstack_alloc (¤t_objfile->objfile_obstack,
|
obstack_alloc (¤t_objfile->objfile_obstack,
|
sizeof (struct mdebug_pending)));
|
sizeof (struct mdebug_pending)));
|
p->s = sh;
|
p->s = sh;
|
p->t = t;
|
p->t = t;
|
p->next = pending_list[f_idx];
|
p->next = pending_list[f_idx];
|
pending_list[f_idx] = p;
|
pending_list[f_idx] = p;
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
/* Parsing Routines proper. */
|
/* Parsing Routines proper. */
|
|
|
/* Parse a single symbol. Mostly just make up a GDB symbol for it.
|
/* Parse a single symbol. Mostly just make up a GDB symbol for it.
|
For blocks, procedures and types we open a new lexical context.
|
For blocks, procedures and types we open a new lexical context.
|
This is basically just a big switch on the symbol's type. Argument
|
This is basically just a big switch on the symbol's type. Argument
|
AX is the base pointer of aux symbols for this file (fh->iauxBase).
|
AX is the base pointer of aux symbols for this file (fh->iauxBase).
|
EXT_SH points to the unswapped symbol, which is needed for struct,
|
EXT_SH points to the unswapped symbol, which is needed for struct,
|
union, etc., types; it is NULL for an EXTR. BIGEND says whether
|
union, etc., types; it is NULL for an EXTR. BIGEND says whether
|
aux symbols are big-endian or little-endian. Return count of
|
aux symbols are big-endian or little-endian. Return count of
|
SYMR's handled (normally one). */
|
SYMR's handled (normally one). */
|
|
|
static int
|
static int
|
mdebug_reg_to_regnum (struct symbol *sym, struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
|
mdebug_reg_to_regnum (struct symbol *sym, struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
|
{
|
{
|
return gdbarch_ecoff_reg_to_regnum (gdbarch, SYMBOL_VALUE (sym));
|
return gdbarch_ecoff_reg_to_regnum (gdbarch, SYMBOL_VALUE (sym));
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
static const struct symbol_register_ops mdebug_register_funcs = {
|
static const struct symbol_register_ops mdebug_register_funcs = {
|
mdebug_reg_to_regnum
|
mdebug_reg_to_regnum
|
};
|
};
|
|
|
static int
|
static int
|
parse_symbol (SYMR *sh, union aux_ext *ax, char *ext_sh, int bigend,
|
parse_symbol (SYMR *sh, union aux_ext *ax, char *ext_sh, int bigend,
|
struct section_offsets *section_offsets, struct objfile *objfile)
|
struct section_offsets *section_offsets, struct objfile *objfile)
|
{
|
{
|
struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
|
struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
|
const bfd_size_type external_sym_size = debug_swap->external_sym_size;
|
const bfd_size_type external_sym_size = debug_swap->external_sym_size;
|
void (*const swap_sym_in) (bfd *, void *, SYMR *) = debug_swap->swap_sym_in;
|
void (*const swap_sym_in) (bfd *, void *, SYMR *) = debug_swap->swap_sym_in;
|
char *name;
|
char *name;
|
struct symbol *s;
|
struct symbol *s;
|
struct block *b;
|
struct block *b;
|
struct mdebug_pending *pend;
|
struct mdebug_pending *pend;
|
struct type *t;
|
struct type *t;
|
struct field *f;
|
struct field *f;
|
int count = 1;
|
int count = 1;
|
enum address_class class;
|
enum address_class class;
|
TIR tir;
|
TIR tir;
|
long svalue = sh->value;
|
long svalue = sh->value;
|
int bitsize;
|
int bitsize;
|
|
|
if (ext_sh == (char *) NULL)
|
if (ext_sh == (char *) NULL)
|
name = debug_info->ssext + sh->iss;
|
name = debug_info->ssext + sh->iss;
|
else
|
else
|
name = debug_info->ss + cur_fdr->issBase + sh->iss;
|
name = debug_info->ss + cur_fdr->issBase + sh->iss;
|
|
|
switch (sh->sc)
|
switch (sh->sc)
|
{
|
{
|
case scText:
|
case scText:
|
case scRConst:
|
case scRConst:
|
/* Do not relocate relative values.
|
/* Do not relocate relative values.
|
The value of a stEnd symbol is the displacement from the
|
The value of a stEnd symbol is the displacement from the
|
corresponding start symbol value.
|
corresponding start symbol value.
|
The value of a stBlock symbol is the displacement from the
|
The value of a stBlock symbol is the displacement from the
|
procedure address. */
|
procedure address. */
|
if (sh->st != stEnd && sh->st != stBlock)
|
if (sh->st != stEnd && sh->st != stBlock)
|
sh->value += ANOFFSET (section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
|
sh->value += ANOFFSET (section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
|
break;
|
break;
|
case scData:
|
case scData:
|
case scSData:
|
case scSData:
|
case scRData:
|
case scRData:
|
case scPData:
|
case scPData:
|
case scXData:
|
case scXData:
|
sh->value += ANOFFSET (section_offsets, SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile));
|
sh->value += ANOFFSET (section_offsets, SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile));
|
break;
|
break;
|
case scBss:
|
case scBss:
|
case scSBss:
|
case scSBss:
|
sh->value += ANOFFSET (section_offsets, SECT_OFF_BSS (objfile));
|
sh->value += ANOFFSET (section_offsets, SECT_OFF_BSS (objfile));
|
break;
|
break;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
switch (sh->st)
|
switch (sh->st)
|
{
|
{
|
case stNil:
|
case stNil:
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case stGlobal: /* external symbol, goes into global block */
|
case stGlobal: /* external symbol, goes into global block */
|
class = LOC_STATIC;
|
class = LOC_STATIC;
|
b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (top_stack->cur_st),
|
b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (top_stack->cur_st),
|
GLOBAL_BLOCK);
|
GLOBAL_BLOCK);
|
s = new_symbol (name);
|
s = new_symbol (name);
|
SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (s) = (CORE_ADDR) sh->value;
|
SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (s) = (CORE_ADDR) sh->value;
|
goto data;
|
goto data;
|
|
|
case stStatic: /* static data, goes into current block. */
|
case stStatic: /* static data, goes into current block. */
|
class = LOC_STATIC;
|
class = LOC_STATIC;
|
b = top_stack->cur_block;
|
b = top_stack->cur_block;
|
s = new_symbol (name);
|
s = new_symbol (name);
|
if (SC_IS_COMMON (sh->sc))
|
if (SC_IS_COMMON (sh->sc))
|
{
|
{
|
/* It is a FORTRAN common block. At least for SGI Fortran the
|
/* It is a FORTRAN common block. At least for SGI Fortran the
|
address is not in the symbol; we need to fix it later in
|
address is not in the symbol; we need to fix it later in
|
scan_file_globals. */
|
scan_file_globals. */
|
int bucket = hashname (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (s));
|
int bucket = hashname (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (s));
|
SYMBOL_VALUE_CHAIN (s) = global_sym_chain[bucket];
|
SYMBOL_VALUE_CHAIN (s) = global_sym_chain[bucket];
|
global_sym_chain[bucket] = s;
|
global_sym_chain[bucket] = s;
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (s) = (CORE_ADDR) sh->value;
|
SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (s) = (CORE_ADDR) sh->value;
|
goto data;
|
goto data;
|
|
|
case stLocal: /* local variable, goes into current block */
|
case stLocal: /* local variable, goes into current block */
|
b = top_stack->cur_block;
|
b = top_stack->cur_block;
|
s = new_symbol (name);
|
s = new_symbol (name);
|
SYMBOL_VALUE (s) = svalue;
|
SYMBOL_VALUE (s) = svalue;
|
if (sh->sc == scRegister)
|
if (sh->sc == scRegister)
|
{
|
{
|
class = LOC_REGISTER;
|
class = LOC_REGISTER;
|
SYMBOL_REGISTER_OPS (s) = &mdebug_register_funcs;
|
SYMBOL_REGISTER_OPS (s) = &mdebug_register_funcs;
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
class = LOC_LOCAL;
|
class = LOC_LOCAL;
|
|
|
data: /* Common code for symbols describing data */
|
data: /* Common code for symbols describing data */
|
SYMBOL_DOMAIN (s) = VAR_DOMAIN;
|
SYMBOL_DOMAIN (s) = VAR_DOMAIN;
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (s) = class;
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (s) = class;
|
add_symbol (s, top_stack->cur_st, b);
|
add_symbol (s, top_stack->cur_st, b);
|
|
|
/* Type could be missing if file is compiled without debugging info. */
|
/* Type could be missing if file is compiled without debugging info. */
|
if (SC_IS_UNDEF (sh->sc)
|
if (SC_IS_UNDEF (sh->sc)
|
|| sh->sc == scNil || sh->index == indexNil)
|
|| sh->sc == scNil || sh->index == indexNil)
|
SYMBOL_TYPE (s) = objfile_type (objfile)->nodebug_data_symbol;
|
SYMBOL_TYPE (s) = objfile_type (objfile)->nodebug_data_symbol;
|
else
|
else
|
SYMBOL_TYPE (s) = parse_type (cur_fd, ax, sh->index, 0, bigend, name);
|
SYMBOL_TYPE (s) = parse_type (cur_fd, ax, sh->index, 0, bigend, name);
|
/* Value of a data symbol is its memory address */
|
/* Value of a data symbol is its memory address */
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case stParam: /* arg to procedure, goes into current block */
|
case stParam: /* arg to procedure, goes into current block */
|
max_gdbinfo++;
|
max_gdbinfo++;
|
found_ecoff_debugging_info = 1;
|
found_ecoff_debugging_info = 1;
|
top_stack->numargs++;
|
top_stack->numargs++;
|
|
|
/* Special GNU C++ name. */
|
/* Special GNU C++ name. */
|
if (is_cplus_marker (name[0]) && name[1] == 't' && name[2] == 0)
|
if (is_cplus_marker (name[0]) && name[1] == 't' && name[2] == 0)
|
name = "this"; /* FIXME, not alloc'd in obstack */
|
name = "this"; /* FIXME, not alloc'd in obstack */
|
s = new_symbol (name);
|
s = new_symbol (name);
|
|
|
SYMBOL_DOMAIN (s) = VAR_DOMAIN;
|
SYMBOL_DOMAIN (s) = VAR_DOMAIN;
|
SYMBOL_IS_ARGUMENT (s) = 1;
|
SYMBOL_IS_ARGUMENT (s) = 1;
|
switch (sh->sc)
|
switch (sh->sc)
|
{
|
{
|
case scRegister:
|
case scRegister:
|
/* Pass by value in register. */
|
/* Pass by value in register. */
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (s) = LOC_REGISTER;
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (s) = LOC_REGISTER;
|
SYMBOL_REGISTER_OPS (s) = &mdebug_register_funcs;
|
SYMBOL_REGISTER_OPS (s) = &mdebug_register_funcs;
|
break;
|
break;
|
case scVar:
|
case scVar:
|
/* Pass by reference on stack. */
|
/* Pass by reference on stack. */
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (s) = LOC_REF_ARG;
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (s) = LOC_REF_ARG;
|
break;
|
break;
|
case scVarRegister:
|
case scVarRegister:
|
/* Pass by reference in register. */
|
/* Pass by reference in register. */
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (s) = LOC_REGPARM_ADDR;
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (s) = LOC_REGPARM_ADDR;
|
SYMBOL_REGISTER_OPS (s) = &mdebug_register_funcs;
|
SYMBOL_REGISTER_OPS (s) = &mdebug_register_funcs;
|
break;
|
break;
|
default:
|
default:
|
/* Pass by value on stack. */
|
/* Pass by value on stack. */
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (s) = LOC_ARG;
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (s) = LOC_ARG;
|
break;
|
break;
|
}
|
}
|
SYMBOL_VALUE (s) = svalue;
|
SYMBOL_VALUE (s) = svalue;
|
SYMBOL_TYPE (s) = parse_type (cur_fd, ax, sh->index, 0, bigend, name);
|
SYMBOL_TYPE (s) = parse_type (cur_fd, ax, sh->index, 0, bigend, name);
|
add_symbol (s, top_stack->cur_st, top_stack->cur_block);
|
add_symbol (s, top_stack->cur_st, top_stack->cur_block);
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case stLabel: /* label, goes into current block */
|
case stLabel: /* label, goes into current block */
|
s = new_symbol (name);
|
s = new_symbol (name);
|
SYMBOL_DOMAIN (s) = VAR_DOMAIN; /* so that it can be used */
|
SYMBOL_DOMAIN (s) = VAR_DOMAIN; /* so that it can be used */
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (s) = LOC_LABEL; /* but not misused */
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (s) = LOC_LABEL; /* but not misused */
|
SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (s) = (CORE_ADDR) sh->value;
|
SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (s) = (CORE_ADDR) sh->value;
|
SYMBOL_TYPE (s) = objfile_type (objfile)->builtin_int;
|
SYMBOL_TYPE (s) = objfile_type (objfile)->builtin_int;
|
add_symbol (s, top_stack->cur_st, top_stack->cur_block);
|
add_symbol (s, top_stack->cur_st, top_stack->cur_block);
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case stProc: /* Procedure, usually goes into global block */
|
case stProc: /* Procedure, usually goes into global block */
|
case stStaticProc: /* Static procedure, goes into current block */
|
case stStaticProc: /* Static procedure, goes into current block */
|
/* For stProc symbol records, we need to check the storage class
|
/* For stProc symbol records, we need to check the storage class
|
as well, as only (stProc, scText) entries represent "real"
|
as well, as only (stProc, scText) entries represent "real"
|
procedures - See the Compaq document titled "Object File /
|
procedures - See the Compaq document titled "Object File /
|
Symbol Table Format Specification" for more information.
|
Symbol Table Format Specification" for more information.
|
If the storage class is not scText, we discard the whole block
|
If the storage class is not scText, we discard the whole block
|
of symbol records for this stProc. */
|
of symbol records for this stProc. */
|
if (sh->st == stProc && sh->sc != scText)
|
if (sh->st == stProc && sh->sc != scText)
|
{
|
{
|
char *ext_tsym = ext_sh;
|
char *ext_tsym = ext_sh;
|
int keep_counting = 1;
|
int keep_counting = 1;
|
SYMR tsym;
|
SYMR tsym;
|
|
|
while (keep_counting)
|
while (keep_counting)
|
{
|
{
|
ext_tsym += external_sym_size;
|
ext_tsym += external_sym_size;
|
(*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd, ext_tsym, &tsym);
|
(*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd, ext_tsym, &tsym);
|
count++;
|
count++;
|
switch (tsym.st)
|
switch (tsym.st)
|
{
|
{
|
case stParam:
|
case stParam:
|
break;
|
break;
|
case stEnd:
|
case stEnd:
|
keep_counting = 0;
|
keep_counting = 0;
|
break;
|
break;
|
default:
|
default:
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints,
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints,
|
_("unknown symbol type 0x%x"), sh->st);
|
_("unknown symbol type 0x%x"), sh->st);
|
break;
|
break;
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
break;
|
break;
|
}
|
}
|
s = new_symbol (name);
|
s = new_symbol (name);
|
SYMBOL_DOMAIN (s) = VAR_DOMAIN;
|
SYMBOL_DOMAIN (s) = VAR_DOMAIN;
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (s) = LOC_BLOCK;
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (s) = LOC_BLOCK;
|
/* Type of the return value */
|
/* Type of the return value */
|
if (SC_IS_UNDEF (sh->sc) || sh->sc == scNil)
|
if (SC_IS_UNDEF (sh->sc) || sh->sc == scNil)
|
t = objfile_type (objfile)->builtin_int;
|
t = objfile_type (objfile)->builtin_int;
|
else
|
else
|
{
|
{
|
t = parse_type (cur_fd, ax, sh->index + 1, 0, bigend, name);
|
t = parse_type (cur_fd, ax, sh->index + 1, 0, bigend, name);
|
if (strcmp (name, "malloc") == 0
|
if (strcmp (name, "malloc") == 0
|
&& TYPE_CODE (t) == TYPE_CODE_VOID)
|
&& TYPE_CODE (t) == TYPE_CODE_VOID)
|
{
|
{
|
/* I don't know why, but, at least under Alpha GNU/Linux,
|
/* I don't know why, but, at least under Alpha GNU/Linux,
|
when linking against a malloc without debugging
|
when linking against a malloc without debugging
|
symbols, its read as a function returning void---this
|
symbols, its read as a function returning void---this
|
is bad because it means we cannot call functions with
|
is bad because it means we cannot call functions with
|
string arguments interactively; i.e., "call
|
string arguments interactively; i.e., "call
|
printf("howdy\n")" would fail with the error message
|
printf("howdy\n")" would fail with the error message
|
"program has no memory available". To avoid this, we
|
"program has no memory available". To avoid this, we
|
patch up the type and make it void*
|
patch up the type and make it void*
|
instead. (davidm@azstarnet.com)
|
instead. (davidm@azstarnet.com)
|
*/
|
*/
|
t = make_pointer_type (t, NULL);
|
t = make_pointer_type (t, NULL);
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
b = top_stack->cur_block;
|
b = top_stack->cur_block;
|
if (sh->st == stProc)
|
if (sh->st == stProc)
|
{
|
{
|
struct blockvector *bv = BLOCKVECTOR (top_stack->cur_st);
|
struct blockvector *bv = BLOCKVECTOR (top_stack->cur_st);
|
/* The next test should normally be true, but provides a
|
/* The next test should normally be true, but provides a
|
hook for nested functions (which we don't want to make
|
hook for nested functions (which we don't want to make
|
global). */
|
global). */
|
if (b == BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK))
|
if (b == BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK))
|
b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK);
|
b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK);
|
/* Irix 5 sometimes has duplicate names for the same
|
/* Irix 5 sometimes has duplicate names for the same
|
function. We want to add such names up at the global
|
function. We want to add such names up at the global
|
level, not as a nested function. */
|
level, not as a nested function. */
|
else if (sh->value == top_stack->procadr)
|
else if (sh->value == top_stack->procadr)
|
b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK);
|
b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK);
|
}
|
}
|
add_symbol (s, top_stack->cur_st, b);
|
add_symbol (s, top_stack->cur_st, b);
|
|
|
/* Make a type for the procedure itself */
|
/* Make a type for the procedure itself */
|
SYMBOL_TYPE (s) = lookup_function_type (t);
|
SYMBOL_TYPE (s) = lookup_function_type (t);
|
|
|
/* All functions in C++ have prototypes. For C we don't have enough
|
/* All functions in C++ have prototypes. For C we don't have enough
|
information in the debug info. */
|
information in the debug info. */
|
if (SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (s) == language_cplus)
|
if (SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (s) == language_cplus)
|
TYPE_PROTOTYPED (SYMBOL_TYPE (s)) = 1;
|
TYPE_PROTOTYPED (SYMBOL_TYPE (s)) = 1;
|
|
|
/* Create and enter a new lexical context */
|
/* Create and enter a new lexical context */
|
b = new_block (FUNCTION_BLOCK);
|
b = new_block (FUNCTION_BLOCK);
|
SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (s) = b;
|
SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (s) = b;
|
BLOCK_FUNCTION (b) = s;
|
BLOCK_FUNCTION (b) = s;
|
BLOCK_START (b) = BLOCK_END (b) = sh->value;
|
BLOCK_START (b) = BLOCK_END (b) = sh->value;
|
BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (b) = top_stack->cur_block;
|
BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (b) = top_stack->cur_block;
|
add_block (b, top_stack->cur_st);
|
add_block (b, top_stack->cur_st);
|
|
|
/* Not if we only have partial info */
|
/* Not if we only have partial info */
|
if (SC_IS_UNDEF (sh->sc) || sh->sc == scNil)
|
if (SC_IS_UNDEF (sh->sc) || sh->sc == scNil)
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
push_parse_stack ();
|
push_parse_stack ();
|
top_stack->cur_block = b;
|
top_stack->cur_block = b;
|
top_stack->blocktype = sh->st;
|
top_stack->blocktype = sh->st;
|
top_stack->cur_type = SYMBOL_TYPE (s);
|
top_stack->cur_type = SYMBOL_TYPE (s);
|
top_stack->cur_field = -1;
|
top_stack->cur_field = -1;
|
top_stack->procadr = sh->value;
|
top_stack->procadr = sh->value;
|
top_stack->numargs = 0;
|
top_stack->numargs = 0;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
/* Beginning of code for structure, union, and enum definitions.
|
/* Beginning of code for structure, union, and enum definitions.
|
They all share a common set of local variables, defined here. */
|
They all share a common set of local variables, defined here. */
|
{
|
{
|
enum type_code type_code;
|
enum type_code type_code;
|
char *ext_tsym;
|
char *ext_tsym;
|
int nfields;
|
int nfields;
|
long max_value;
|
long max_value;
|
struct field *f;
|
struct field *f;
|
|
|
case stStruct: /* Start a block defining a struct type */
|
case stStruct: /* Start a block defining a struct type */
|
type_code = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT;
|
type_code = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT;
|
goto structured_common;
|
goto structured_common;
|
|
|
case stUnion: /* Start a block defining a union type */
|
case stUnion: /* Start a block defining a union type */
|
type_code = TYPE_CODE_UNION;
|
type_code = TYPE_CODE_UNION;
|
goto structured_common;
|
goto structured_common;
|
|
|
case stEnum: /* Start a block defining an enum type */
|
case stEnum: /* Start a block defining an enum type */
|
type_code = TYPE_CODE_ENUM;
|
type_code = TYPE_CODE_ENUM;
|
goto structured_common;
|
goto structured_common;
|
|
|
case stBlock: /* Either a lexical block, or some type */
|
case stBlock: /* Either a lexical block, or some type */
|
if (sh->sc != scInfo && !SC_IS_COMMON (sh->sc))
|
if (sh->sc != scInfo && !SC_IS_COMMON (sh->sc))
|
goto case_stBlock_code; /* Lexical block */
|
goto case_stBlock_code; /* Lexical block */
|
|
|
type_code = TYPE_CODE_UNDEF; /* We have a type. */
|
type_code = TYPE_CODE_UNDEF; /* We have a type. */
|
|
|
/* Common code for handling struct, union, enum, and/or as-yet-
|
/* Common code for handling struct, union, enum, and/or as-yet-
|
unknown-type blocks of info about structured data. `type_code'
|
unknown-type blocks of info about structured data. `type_code'
|
has been set to the proper TYPE_CODE, if we know it. */
|
has been set to the proper TYPE_CODE, if we know it. */
|
structured_common:
|
structured_common:
|
found_ecoff_debugging_info = 1;
|
found_ecoff_debugging_info = 1;
|
push_parse_stack ();
|
push_parse_stack ();
|
top_stack->blocktype = stBlock;
|
top_stack->blocktype = stBlock;
|
|
|
/* First count the number of fields and the highest value. */
|
/* First count the number of fields and the highest value. */
|
nfields = 0;
|
nfields = 0;
|
max_value = 0;
|
max_value = 0;
|
for (ext_tsym = ext_sh + external_sym_size;
|
for (ext_tsym = ext_sh + external_sym_size;
|
;
|
;
|
ext_tsym += external_sym_size)
|
ext_tsym += external_sym_size)
|
{
|
{
|
SYMR tsym;
|
SYMR tsym;
|
|
|
(*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd, ext_tsym, &tsym);
|
(*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd, ext_tsym, &tsym);
|
|
|
switch (tsym.st)
|
switch (tsym.st)
|
{
|
{
|
case stEnd:
|
case stEnd:
|
/* C++ encodes class types as structures where there the
|
/* C++ encodes class types as structures where there the
|
methods are encoded as stProc. The scope of stProc
|
methods are encoded as stProc. The scope of stProc
|
symbols also ends with stEnd, thus creating a risk of
|
symbols also ends with stEnd, thus creating a risk of
|
taking the wrong stEnd symbol record as the end of
|
taking the wrong stEnd symbol record as the end of
|
the current struct, which would cause GDB to undercount
|
the current struct, which would cause GDB to undercount
|
the real number of fields in this struct. To make sure
|
the real number of fields in this struct. To make sure
|
we really reached the right stEnd symbol record, we
|
we really reached the right stEnd symbol record, we
|
check the associated name, and match it against the
|
check the associated name, and match it against the
|
struct name. Since method names are mangled while
|
struct name. Since method names are mangled while
|
the class name is not, there is no risk of having a
|
the class name is not, there is no risk of having a
|
method whose name is identical to the class name
|
method whose name is identical to the class name
|
(in particular constructor method names are different
|
(in particular constructor method names are different
|
from the class name). There is therefore no risk that
|
from the class name). There is therefore no risk that
|
this check stops the count on the StEnd of a method.
|
this check stops the count on the StEnd of a method.
|
|
|
Also, assume that we're really at the end when tsym.iss
|
Also, assume that we're really at the end when tsym.iss
|
is 0 (issNull). */
|
is 0 (issNull). */
|
if (tsym.iss == issNull
|
if (tsym.iss == issNull
|
|| strcmp (debug_info->ss + cur_fdr->issBase + tsym.iss,
|
|| strcmp (debug_info->ss + cur_fdr->issBase + tsym.iss,
|
name) == 0)
|
name) == 0)
|
goto end_of_fields;
|
goto end_of_fields;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case stMember:
|
case stMember:
|
if (nfields == 0 && type_code == TYPE_CODE_UNDEF)
|
if (nfields == 0 && type_code == TYPE_CODE_UNDEF)
|
{
|
{
|
/* If the type of the member is Nil (or Void),
|
/* If the type of the member is Nil (or Void),
|
without qualifiers, assume the tag is an
|
without qualifiers, assume the tag is an
|
enumeration.
|
enumeration.
|
Alpha cc -migrate enums are recognized by a zero
|
Alpha cc -migrate enums are recognized by a zero
|
index and a zero symbol value.
|
index and a zero symbol value.
|
DU 4.0 cc enums are recognized by a member type of
|
DU 4.0 cc enums are recognized by a member type of
|
btEnum without qualifiers and a zero symbol value. */
|
btEnum without qualifiers and a zero symbol value. */
|
if (tsym.index == indexNil
|
if (tsym.index == indexNil
|
|| (tsym.index == 0 && sh->value == 0))
|
|| (tsym.index == 0 && sh->value == 0))
|
type_code = TYPE_CODE_ENUM;
|
type_code = TYPE_CODE_ENUM;
|
else
|
else
|
{
|
{
|
(*debug_swap->swap_tir_in) (bigend,
|
(*debug_swap->swap_tir_in) (bigend,
|
&ax[tsym.index].a_ti,
|
&ax[tsym.index].a_ti,
|
&tir);
|
&tir);
|
if ((tir.bt == btNil || tir.bt == btVoid
|
if ((tir.bt == btNil || tir.bt == btVoid
|
|| (tir.bt == btEnum && sh->value == 0))
|
|| (tir.bt == btEnum && sh->value == 0))
|
&& tir.tq0 == tqNil)
|
&& tir.tq0 == tqNil)
|
type_code = TYPE_CODE_ENUM;
|
type_code = TYPE_CODE_ENUM;
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
nfields++;
|
nfields++;
|
if (tsym.value > max_value)
|
if (tsym.value > max_value)
|
max_value = tsym.value;
|
max_value = tsym.value;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case stBlock:
|
case stBlock:
|
case stUnion:
|
case stUnion:
|
case stEnum:
|
case stEnum:
|
case stStruct:
|
case stStruct:
|
{
|
{
|
#if 0
|
#if 0
|
/* This is a no-op; is it trying to tell us something
|
/* This is a no-op; is it trying to tell us something
|
we should be checking? */
|
we should be checking? */
|
if (tsym.sc == scVariant); /*UNIMPLEMENTED */
|
if (tsym.sc == scVariant); /*UNIMPLEMENTED */
|
#endif
|
#endif
|
if (tsym.index != 0)
|
if (tsym.index != 0)
|
{
|
{
|
/* This is something like a struct within a
|
/* This is something like a struct within a
|
struct. Skip over the fields of the inner
|
struct. Skip over the fields of the inner
|
struct. The -1 is because the for loop will
|
struct. The -1 is because the for loop will
|
increment ext_tsym. */
|
increment ext_tsym. */
|
ext_tsym = ((char *) debug_info->external_sym
|
ext_tsym = ((char *) debug_info->external_sym
|
+ ((cur_fdr->isymBase + tsym.index - 1)
|
+ ((cur_fdr->isymBase + tsym.index - 1)
|
* external_sym_size));
|
* external_sym_size));
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case stTypedef:
|
case stTypedef:
|
/* mips cc puts out a typedef for struct x if it is not yet
|
/* mips cc puts out a typedef for struct x if it is not yet
|
defined when it encounters
|
defined when it encounters
|
struct y { struct x *xp; };
|
struct y { struct x *xp; };
|
Just ignore it. */
|
Just ignore it. */
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case stIndirect:
|
case stIndirect:
|
/* Irix5 cc puts out a stIndirect for struct x if it is not
|
/* Irix5 cc puts out a stIndirect for struct x if it is not
|
yet defined when it encounters
|
yet defined when it encounters
|
struct y { struct x *xp; };
|
struct y { struct x *xp; };
|
Just ignore it. */
|
Just ignore it. */
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
default:
|
default:
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints,
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints,
|
_("declaration block contains unhandled symbol type %d"),
|
_("declaration block contains unhandled symbol type %d"),
|
tsym.st);
|
tsym.st);
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
end_of_fields:;
|
end_of_fields:;
|
|
|
/* In an stBlock, there is no way to distinguish structs,
|
/* In an stBlock, there is no way to distinguish structs,
|
unions, and enums at this point. This is a bug in the
|
unions, and enums at this point. This is a bug in the
|
original design (that has been fixed with the recent
|
original design (that has been fixed with the recent
|
addition of the stStruct, stUnion, and stEnum symbol
|
addition of the stStruct, stUnion, and stEnum symbol
|
types.) The way you can tell is if/when you see a variable
|
types.) The way you can tell is if/when you see a variable
|
or field of that type. In that case the variable's type
|
or field of that type. In that case the variable's type
|
(in the AUX table) says if the type is struct, union, or
|
(in the AUX table) says if the type is struct, union, or
|
enum, and points back to the stBlock here. So you can
|
enum, and points back to the stBlock here. So you can
|
patch the tag kind up later - but only if there actually is
|
patch the tag kind up later - but only if there actually is
|
a variable or field of that type.
|
a variable or field of that type.
|
|
|
So until we know for sure, we will guess at this point.
|
So until we know for sure, we will guess at this point.
|
The heuristic is:
|
The heuristic is:
|
If the first member has index==indexNil or a void type,
|
If the first member has index==indexNil or a void type,
|
assume we have an enumeration.
|
assume we have an enumeration.
|
Otherwise, if there is more than one member, and all
|
Otherwise, if there is more than one member, and all
|
the members have offset 0, assume we have a union.
|
the members have offset 0, assume we have a union.
|
Otherwise, assume we have a struct.
|
Otherwise, assume we have a struct.
|
|
|
The heuristic could guess wrong in the case of of an
|
The heuristic could guess wrong in the case of of an
|
enumeration with no members or a union with one (or zero)
|
enumeration with no members or a union with one (or zero)
|
members, or when all except the last field of a struct have
|
members, or when all except the last field of a struct have
|
width zero. These are uncommon and/or illegal situations,
|
width zero. These are uncommon and/or illegal situations,
|
and in any case guessing wrong probably doesn't matter
|
and in any case guessing wrong probably doesn't matter
|
much.
|
much.
|
|
|
But if we later do find out we were wrong, we fixup the tag
|
But if we later do find out we were wrong, we fixup the tag
|
kind. Members of an enumeration must be handled
|
kind. Members of an enumeration must be handled
|
differently from struct/union fields, and that is harder to
|
differently from struct/union fields, and that is harder to
|
patch up, but luckily we shouldn't need to. (If there are
|
patch up, but luckily we shouldn't need to. (If there are
|
any enumeration members, we can tell for sure it's an enum
|
any enumeration members, we can tell for sure it's an enum
|
here.) */
|
here.) */
|
|
|
if (type_code == TYPE_CODE_UNDEF)
|
if (type_code == TYPE_CODE_UNDEF)
|
{
|
{
|
if (nfields > 1 && max_value == 0)
|
if (nfields > 1 && max_value == 0)
|
type_code = TYPE_CODE_UNION;
|
type_code = TYPE_CODE_UNION;
|
else
|
else
|
type_code = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT;
|
type_code = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Create a new type or use the pending type. */
|
/* Create a new type or use the pending type. */
|
pend = is_pending_symbol (cur_fdr, ext_sh);
|
pend = is_pending_symbol (cur_fdr, ext_sh);
|
if (pend == (struct mdebug_pending *) NULL)
|
if (pend == (struct mdebug_pending *) NULL)
|
{
|
{
|
t = new_type (NULL);
|
t = new_type (NULL);
|
add_pending (cur_fdr, ext_sh, t);
|
add_pending (cur_fdr, ext_sh, t);
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
t = pend->t;
|
t = pend->t;
|
|
|
/* Do not set the tag name if it is a compiler generated tag name
|
/* Do not set the tag name if it is a compiler generated tag name
|
(.Fxx or .xxfake or empty) for unnamed struct/union/enums.
|
(.Fxx or .xxfake or empty) for unnamed struct/union/enums.
|
Alpha cc puts out an sh->iss of zero for those. */
|
Alpha cc puts out an sh->iss of zero for those. */
|
if (sh->iss == 0 || name[0] == '.' || name[0] == '\0')
|
if (sh->iss == 0 || name[0] == '.' || name[0] == '\0')
|
TYPE_TAG_NAME (t) = NULL;
|
TYPE_TAG_NAME (t) = NULL;
|
else
|
else
|
TYPE_TAG_NAME (t) = obconcat (¤t_objfile->objfile_obstack,
|
TYPE_TAG_NAME (t) = obconcat (¤t_objfile->objfile_obstack,
|
"", "", name);
|
"", "", name);
|
|
|
TYPE_CODE (t) = type_code;
|
TYPE_CODE (t) = type_code;
|
TYPE_LENGTH (t) = sh->value;
|
TYPE_LENGTH (t) = sh->value;
|
TYPE_NFIELDS (t) = nfields;
|
TYPE_NFIELDS (t) = nfields;
|
TYPE_FIELDS (t) = f = ((struct field *)
|
TYPE_FIELDS (t) = f = ((struct field *)
|
TYPE_ALLOC (t,
|
TYPE_ALLOC (t,
|
nfields * sizeof (struct field)));
|
nfields * sizeof (struct field)));
|
|
|
if (type_code == TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
|
if (type_code == TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
|
{
|
{
|
int unsigned_enum = 1;
|
int unsigned_enum = 1;
|
|
|
/* This is a non-empty enum. */
|
/* This is a non-empty enum. */
|
|
|
/* DEC c89 has the number of enumerators in the sh.value field,
|
/* DEC c89 has the number of enumerators in the sh.value field,
|
not the type length, so we have to compensate for that
|
not the type length, so we have to compensate for that
|
incompatibility quirk.
|
incompatibility quirk.
|
This might do the wrong thing for an enum with one or two
|
This might do the wrong thing for an enum with one or two
|
enumerators and gcc -gcoff -fshort-enums, but these cases
|
enumerators and gcc -gcoff -fshort-enums, but these cases
|
are hopefully rare enough.
|
are hopefully rare enough.
|
Alpha cc -migrate has a sh.value field of zero, we adjust
|
Alpha cc -migrate has a sh.value field of zero, we adjust
|
that too. */
|
that too. */
|
if (TYPE_LENGTH (t) == TYPE_NFIELDS (t)
|
if (TYPE_LENGTH (t) == TYPE_NFIELDS (t)
|
|| TYPE_LENGTH (t) == 0)
|
|| TYPE_LENGTH (t) == 0)
|
TYPE_LENGTH (t) = gdbarch_int_bit (gdbarch) / HOST_CHAR_BIT;
|
TYPE_LENGTH (t) = gdbarch_int_bit (gdbarch) / HOST_CHAR_BIT;
|
for (ext_tsym = ext_sh + external_sym_size;
|
for (ext_tsym = ext_sh + external_sym_size;
|
;
|
;
|
ext_tsym += external_sym_size)
|
ext_tsym += external_sym_size)
|
{
|
{
|
SYMR tsym;
|
SYMR tsym;
|
struct symbol *enum_sym;
|
struct symbol *enum_sym;
|
|
|
(*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd, ext_tsym, &tsym);
|
(*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd, ext_tsym, &tsym);
|
|
|
if (tsym.st != stMember)
|
if (tsym.st != stMember)
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
SET_FIELD_BITPOS (*f, tsym.value);
|
SET_FIELD_BITPOS (*f, tsym.value);
|
FIELD_TYPE (*f) = t;
|
FIELD_TYPE (*f) = t;
|
FIELD_NAME (*f) = debug_info->ss + cur_fdr->issBase + tsym.iss;
|
FIELD_NAME (*f) = debug_info->ss + cur_fdr->issBase + tsym.iss;
|
FIELD_BITSIZE (*f) = 0;
|
FIELD_BITSIZE (*f) = 0;
|
|
|
enum_sym = ((struct symbol *)
|
enum_sym = ((struct symbol *)
|
obstack_alloc (¤t_objfile->objfile_obstack,
|
obstack_alloc (¤t_objfile->objfile_obstack,
|
sizeof (struct symbol)));
|
sizeof (struct symbol)));
|
memset (enum_sym, 0, sizeof (struct symbol));
|
memset (enum_sym, 0, sizeof (struct symbol));
|
SYMBOL_SET_LINKAGE_NAME
|
SYMBOL_SET_LINKAGE_NAME
|
(enum_sym, obsavestring (f->name, strlen (f->name),
|
(enum_sym, obsavestring (f->name, strlen (f->name),
|
¤t_objfile->objfile_obstack));
|
¤t_objfile->objfile_obstack));
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (enum_sym) = LOC_CONST;
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (enum_sym) = LOC_CONST;
|
SYMBOL_TYPE (enum_sym) = t;
|
SYMBOL_TYPE (enum_sym) = t;
|
SYMBOL_DOMAIN (enum_sym) = VAR_DOMAIN;
|
SYMBOL_DOMAIN (enum_sym) = VAR_DOMAIN;
|
SYMBOL_VALUE (enum_sym) = tsym.value;
|
SYMBOL_VALUE (enum_sym) = tsym.value;
|
if (SYMBOL_VALUE (enum_sym) < 0)
|
if (SYMBOL_VALUE (enum_sym) < 0)
|
unsigned_enum = 0;
|
unsigned_enum = 0;
|
add_symbol (enum_sym, top_stack->cur_st, top_stack->cur_block);
|
add_symbol (enum_sym, top_stack->cur_st, top_stack->cur_block);
|
|
|
/* Skip the stMembers that we've handled. */
|
/* Skip the stMembers that we've handled. */
|
count++;
|
count++;
|
f++;
|
f++;
|
}
|
}
|
if (unsigned_enum)
|
if (unsigned_enum)
|
TYPE_UNSIGNED (t) = 1;
|
TYPE_UNSIGNED (t) = 1;
|
}
|
}
|
/* make this the current type */
|
/* make this the current type */
|
top_stack->cur_type = t;
|
top_stack->cur_type = t;
|
top_stack->cur_field = 0;
|
top_stack->cur_field = 0;
|
|
|
/* Do not create a symbol for alpha cc unnamed structs. */
|
/* Do not create a symbol for alpha cc unnamed structs. */
|
if (sh->iss == 0)
|
if (sh->iss == 0)
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
/* gcc puts out an empty struct for an opaque struct definitions,
|
/* gcc puts out an empty struct for an opaque struct definitions,
|
do not create a symbol for it either. */
|
do not create a symbol for it either. */
|
if (TYPE_NFIELDS (t) == 0)
|
if (TYPE_NFIELDS (t) == 0)
|
{
|
{
|
TYPE_STUB (t) = 1;
|
TYPE_STUB (t) = 1;
|
break;
|
break;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
s = new_symbol (name);
|
s = new_symbol (name);
|
SYMBOL_DOMAIN (s) = STRUCT_DOMAIN;
|
SYMBOL_DOMAIN (s) = STRUCT_DOMAIN;
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (s) = LOC_TYPEDEF;
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (s) = LOC_TYPEDEF;
|
SYMBOL_VALUE (s) = 0;
|
SYMBOL_VALUE (s) = 0;
|
SYMBOL_TYPE (s) = t;
|
SYMBOL_TYPE (s) = t;
|
add_symbol (s, top_stack->cur_st, top_stack->cur_block);
|
add_symbol (s, top_stack->cur_st, top_stack->cur_block);
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
/* End of local variables shared by struct, union, enum, and
|
/* End of local variables shared by struct, union, enum, and
|
block (as yet unknown struct/union/enum) processing. */
|
block (as yet unknown struct/union/enum) processing. */
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
case_stBlock_code:
|
case_stBlock_code:
|
found_ecoff_debugging_info = 1;
|
found_ecoff_debugging_info = 1;
|
/* beginnning of (code) block. Value of symbol
|
/* beginnning of (code) block. Value of symbol
|
is the displacement from procedure start */
|
is the displacement from procedure start */
|
push_parse_stack ();
|
push_parse_stack ();
|
|
|
/* Do not start a new block if this is the outermost block of a
|
/* Do not start a new block if this is the outermost block of a
|
procedure. This allows the LOC_BLOCK symbol to point to the
|
procedure. This allows the LOC_BLOCK symbol to point to the
|
block with the local variables, so funcname::var works. */
|
block with the local variables, so funcname::var works. */
|
if (top_stack->blocktype == stProc
|
if (top_stack->blocktype == stProc
|
|| top_stack->blocktype == stStaticProc)
|
|| top_stack->blocktype == stStaticProc)
|
{
|
{
|
top_stack->blocktype = stNil;
|
top_stack->blocktype = stNil;
|
break;
|
break;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
top_stack->blocktype = stBlock;
|
top_stack->blocktype = stBlock;
|
b = new_block (NON_FUNCTION_BLOCK);
|
b = new_block (NON_FUNCTION_BLOCK);
|
BLOCK_START (b) = sh->value + top_stack->procadr;
|
BLOCK_START (b) = sh->value + top_stack->procadr;
|
BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (b) = top_stack->cur_block;
|
BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (b) = top_stack->cur_block;
|
top_stack->cur_block = b;
|
top_stack->cur_block = b;
|
add_block (b, top_stack->cur_st);
|
add_block (b, top_stack->cur_st);
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case stEnd: /* end (of anything) */
|
case stEnd: /* end (of anything) */
|
if (sh->sc == scInfo || SC_IS_COMMON (sh->sc))
|
if (sh->sc == scInfo || SC_IS_COMMON (sh->sc))
|
{
|
{
|
/* Finished with type */
|
/* Finished with type */
|
top_stack->cur_type = 0;
|
top_stack->cur_type = 0;
|
}
|
}
|
else if (sh->sc == scText &&
|
else if (sh->sc == scText &&
|
(top_stack->blocktype == stProc ||
|
(top_stack->blocktype == stProc ||
|
top_stack->blocktype == stStaticProc))
|
top_stack->blocktype == stStaticProc))
|
{
|
{
|
/* Finished with procedure */
|
/* Finished with procedure */
|
struct blockvector *bv = BLOCKVECTOR (top_stack->cur_st);
|
struct blockvector *bv = BLOCKVECTOR (top_stack->cur_st);
|
struct mdebug_extra_func_info *e;
|
struct mdebug_extra_func_info *e;
|
struct block *b = top_stack->cur_block;
|
struct block *b = top_stack->cur_block;
|
struct type *ftype = top_stack->cur_type;
|
struct type *ftype = top_stack->cur_type;
|
int i;
|
int i;
|
|
|
BLOCK_END (top_stack->cur_block) += sh->value; /* size */
|
BLOCK_END (top_stack->cur_block) += sh->value; /* size */
|
|
|
/* Make up special symbol to contain procedure specific info */
|
/* Make up special symbol to contain procedure specific info */
|
s = new_symbol (MDEBUG_EFI_SYMBOL_NAME);
|
s = new_symbol (MDEBUG_EFI_SYMBOL_NAME);
|
SYMBOL_DOMAIN (s) = LABEL_DOMAIN;
|
SYMBOL_DOMAIN (s) = LABEL_DOMAIN;
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (s) = LOC_CONST;
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (s) = LOC_CONST;
|
SYMBOL_TYPE (s) = objfile_type (current_objfile)->builtin_void;
|
SYMBOL_TYPE (s) = objfile_type (current_objfile)->builtin_void;
|
e = ((struct mdebug_extra_func_info *)
|
e = ((struct mdebug_extra_func_info *)
|
obstack_alloc (¤t_objfile->objfile_obstack,
|
obstack_alloc (¤t_objfile->objfile_obstack,
|
sizeof (struct mdebug_extra_func_info)));
|
sizeof (struct mdebug_extra_func_info)));
|
memset (e, 0, sizeof (struct mdebug_extra_func_info));
|
memset (e, 0, sizeof (struct mdebug_extra_func_info));
|
SYMBOL_VALUE_BYTES (s) = (gdb_byte *) e;
|
SYMBOL_VALUE_BYTES (s) = (gdb_byte *) e;
|
e->numargs = top_stack->numargs;
|
e->numargs = top_stack->numargs;
|
e->pdr.framereg = -1;
|
e->pdr.framereg = -1;
|
add_symbol (s, top_stack->cur_st, top_stack->cur_block);
|
add_symbol (s, top_stack->cur_st, top_stack->cur_block);
|
|
|
/* f77 emits proc-level with address bounds==[0,0],
|
/* f77 emits proc-level with address bounds==[0,0],
|
So look for such child blocks, and patch them. */
|
So look for such child blocks, and patch them. */
|
for (i = 0; i < BLOCKVECTOR_NBLOCKS (bv); i++)
|
for (i = 0; i < BLOCKVECTOR_NBLOCKS (bv); i++)
|
{
|
{
|
struct block *b_bad = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, i);
|
struct block *b_bad = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, i);
|
if (BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (b_bad) == b
|
if (BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (b_bad) == b
|
&& BLOCK_START (b_bad) == top_stack->procadr
|
&& BLOCK_START (b_bad) == top_stack->procadr
|
&& BLOCK_END (b_bad) == top_stack->procadr)
|
&& BLOCK_END (b_bad) == top_stack->procadr)
|
{
|
{
|
BLOCK_START (b_bad) = BLOCK_START (b);
|
BLOCK_START (b_bad) = BLOCK_START (b);
|
BLOCK_END (b_bad) = BLOCK_END (b);
|
BLOCK_END (b_bad) = BLOCK_END (b);
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
if (TYPE_NFIELDS (ftype) <= 0)
|
if (TYPE_NFIELDS (ftype) <= 0)
|
{
|
{
|
/* No parameter type information is recorded with the function's
|
/* No parameter type information is recorded with the function's
|
type. Set that from the type of the parameter symbols. */
|
type. Set that from the type of the parameter symbols. */
|
int nparams = top_stack->numargs;
|
int nparams = top_stack->numargs;
|
int iparams;
|
int iparams;
|
struct symbol *sym;
|
struct symbol *sym;
|
|
|
if (nparams > 0)
|
if (nparams > 0)
|
{
|
{
|
struct dict_iterator iter;
|
struct dict_iterator iter;
|
TYPE_NFIELDS (ftype) = nparams;
|
TYPE_NFIELDS (ftype) = nparams;
|
TYPE_FIELDS (ftype) = (struct field *)
|
TYPE_FIELDS (ftype) = (struct field *)
|
TYPE_ALLOC (ftype, nparams * sizeof (struct field));
|
TYPE_ALLOC (ftype, nparams * sizeof (struct field));
|
|
|
iparams = 0;
|
iparams = 0;
|
ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, iter, sym)
|
ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, iter, sym)
|
{
|
{
|
if (iparams == nparams)
|
if (iparams == nparams)
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
if (SYMBOL_IS_ARGUMENT (sym))
|
if (SYMBOL_IS_ARGUMENT (sym))
|
{
|
{
|
TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (ftype, iparams) = SYMBOL_TYPE (sym);
|
TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (ftype, iparams) = SYMBOL_TYPE (sym);
|
TYPE_FIELD_ARTIFICIAL (ftype, iparams) = 0;
|
TYPE_FIELD_ARTIFICIAL (ftype, iparams) = 0;
|
iparams++;
|
iparams++;
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
else if (sh->sc == scText && top_stack->blocktype == stBlock)
|
else if (sh->sc == scText && top_stack->blocktype == stBlock)
|
{
|
{
|
/* End of (code) block. The value of the symbol is the
|
/* End of (code) block. The value of the symbol is the
|
displacement from the procedure`s start address of the
|
displacement from the procedure`s start address of the
|
end of this block. */
|
end of this block. */
|
BLOCK_END (top_stack->cur_block) = sh->value + top_stack->procadr;
|
BLOCK_END (top_stack->cur_block) = sh->value + top_stack->procadr;
|
}
|
}
|
else if (sh->sc == scText && top_stack->blocktype == stNil)
|
else if (sh->sc == scText && top_stack->blocktype == stNil)
|
{
|
{
|
/* End of outermost block. Pop parse stack and ignore. The
|
/* End of outermost block. Pop parse stack and ignore. The
|
following stEnd of stProc will take care of the block. */
|
following stEnd of stProc will take care of the block. */
|
;
|
;
|
}
|
}
|
else if (sh->sc == scText && top_stack->blocktype == stFile)
|
else if (sh->sc == scText && top_stack->blocktype == stFile)
|
{
|
{
|
/* End of file. Pop parse stack and ignore. Higher
|
/* End of file. Pop parse stack and ignore. Higher
|
level code deals with this. */
|
level code deals with this. */
|
;
|
;
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints,
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints,
|
_("stEnd with storage class %d not handled"), sh->sc);
|
_("stEnd with storage class %d not handled"), sh->sc);
|
|
|
pop_parse_stack (); /* restore previous lexical context */
|
pop_parse_stack (); /* restore previous lexical context */
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case stMember: /* member of struct or union */
|
case stMember: /* member of struct or union */
|
f = &TYPE_FIELDS (top_stack->cur_type)[top_stack->cur_field++];
|
f = &TYPE_FIELDS (top_stack->cur_type)[top_stack->cur_field++];
|
FIELD_NAME (*f) = name;
|
FIELD_NAME (*f) = name;
|
SET_FIELD_BITPOS (*f, sh->value);
|
SET_FIELD_BITPOS (*f, sh->value);
|
bitsize = 0;
|
bitsize = 0;
|
FIELD_TYPE (*f) = parse_type (cur_fd, ax, sh->index, &bitsize, bigend, name);
|
FIELD_TYPE (*f) = parse_type (cur_fd, ax, sh->index, &bitsize, bigend, name);
|
FIELD_BITSIZE (*f) = bitsize;
|
FIELD_BITSIZE (*f) = bitsize;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case stIndirect: /* forward declaration on Irix5 */
|
case stIndirect: /* forward declaration on Irix5 */
|
/* Forward declarations from Irix5 cc are handled by cross_ref,
|
/* Forward declarations from Irix5 cc are handled by cross_ref,
|
skip them. */
|
skip them. */
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case stTypedef: /* type definition */
|
case stTypedef: /* type definition */
|
found_ecoff_debugging_info = 1;
|
found_ecoff_debugging_info = 1;
|
|
|
/* Typedefs for forward declarations and opaque structs from alpha cc
|
/* Typedefs for forward declarations and opaque structs from alpha cc
|
are handled by cross_ref, skip them. */
|
are handled by cross_ref, skip them. */
|
if (sh->iss == 0)
|
if (sh->iss == 0)
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
/* Parse the type or use the pending type. */
|
/* Parse the type or use the pending type. */
|
pend = is_pending_symbol (cur_fdr, ext_sh);
|
pend = is_pending_symbol (cur_fdr, ext_sh);
|
if (pend == (struct mdebug_pending *) NULL)
|
if (pend == (struct mdebug_pending *) NULL)
|
{
|
{
|
t = parse_type (cur_fd, ax, sh->index, (int *) NULL, bigend, name);
|
t = parse_type (cur_fd, ax, sh->index, (int *) NULL, bigend, name);
|
add_pending (cur_fdr, ext_sh, t);
|
add_pending (cur_fdr, ext_sh, t);
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
t = pend->t;
|
t = pend->t;
|
|
|
/* mips cc puts out a typedef with the name of the struct for forward
|
/* mips cc puts out a typedef with the name of the struct for forward
|
declarations. These should not go into the symbol table and
|
declarations. These should not go into the symbol table and
|
TYPE_NAME should not be set for them.
|
TYPE_NAME should not be set for them.
|
They can't be distinguished from an intentional typedef to
|
They can't be distinguished from an intentional typedef to
|
the same name however:
|
the same name however:
|
x.h:
|
x.h:
|
struct x { int ix; int jx; };
|
struct x { int ix; int jx; };
|
struct xx;
|
struct xx;
|
x.c:
|
x.c:
|
typedef struct x x;
|
typedef struct x x;
|
struct xx {int ixx; int jxx; };
|
struct xx {int ixx; int jxx; };
|
generates a cross referencing stTypedef for x and xx.
|
generates a cross referencing stTypedef for x and xx.
|
The user visible effect of this is that the type of a pointer
|
The user visible effect of this is that the type of a pointer
|
to struct foo sometimes is given as `foo *' instead of `struct foo *'.
|
to struct foo sometimes is given as `foo *' instead of `struct foo *'.
|
The problem is fixed with alpha cc and Irix5 cc. */
|
The problem is fixed with alpha cc and Irix5 cc. */
|
|
|
/* However if the typedef cross references to an opaque aggregate, it
|
/* However if the typedef cross references to an opaque aggregate, it
|
is safe to omit it from the symbol table. */
|
is safe to omit it from the symbol table. */
|
|
|
if (has_opaque_xref (cur_fdr, sh))
|
if (has_opaque_xref (cur_fdr, sh))
|
break;
|
break;
|
s = new_symbol (name);
|
s = new_symbol (name);
|
SYMBOL_DOMAIN (s) = VAR_DOMAIN;
|
SYMBOL_DOMAIN (s) = VAR_DOMAIN;
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (s) = LOC_TYPEDEF;
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (s) = LOC_TYPEDEF;
|
SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (s) = top_stack->cur_block;
|
SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (s) = top_stack->cur_block;
|
SYMBOL_TYPE (s) = t;
|
SYMBOL_TYPE (s) = t;
|
add_symbol (s, top_stack->cur_st, top_stack->cur_block);
|
add_symbol (s, top_stack->cur_st, top_stack->cur_block);
|
|
|
/* Incomplete definitions of structs should not get a name. */
|
/* Incomplete definitions of structs should not get a name. */
|
if (TYPE_NAME (SYMBOL_TYPE (s)) == NULL
|
if (TYPE_NAME (SYMBOL_TYPE (s)) == NULL
|
&& (TYPE_NFIELDS (SYMBOL_TYPE (s)) != 0
|
&& (TYPE_NFIELDS (SYMBOL_TYPE (s)) != 0
|
|| (TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (s)) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
|
|| (TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (s)) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
|
&& TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (s)) != TYPE_CODE_UNION)))
|
&& TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (s)) != TYPE_CODE_UNION)))
|
{
|
{
|
if (TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (s)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
|
if (TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (s)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
|
|| TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (s)) == TYPE_CODE_FUNC)
|
|| TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (s)) == TYPE_CODE_FUNC)
|
{
|
{
|
/* If we are giving a name to a type such as "pointer to
|
/* If we are giving a name to a type such as "pointer to
|
foo" or "function returning foo", we better not set
|
foo" or "function returning foo", we better not set
|
the TYPE_NAME. If the program contains "typedef char
|
the TYPE_NAME. If the program contains "typedef char
|
*caddr_t;", we don't want all variables of type char
|
*caddr_t;", we don't want all variables of type char
|
* to print as caddr_t. This is not just a
|
* to print as caddr_t. This is not just a
|
consequence of GDB's type management; CC and GCC (at
|
consequence of GDB's type management; CC and GCC (at
|
least through version 2.4) both output variables of
|
least through version 2.4) both output variables of
|
either type char * or caddr_t with the type
|
either type char * or caddr_t with the type
|
refering to the stTypedef symbol for caddr_t. If a future
|
refering to the stTypedef symbol for caddr_t. If a future
|
compiler cleans this up it GDB is not ready for it
|
compiler cleans this up it GDB is not ready for it
|
yet, but if it becomes ready we somehow need to
|
yet, but if it becomes ready we somehow need to
|
disable this check (without breaking the PCC/GCC2.4
|
disable this check (without breaking the PCC/GCC2.4
|
case).
|
case).
|
|
|
Sigh.
|
Sigh.
|
|
|
Fortunately, this check seems not to be necessary
|
Fortunately, this check seems not to be necessary
|
for anything except pointers or functions. */
|
for anything except pointers or functions. */
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
TYPE_NAME (SYMBOL_TYPE (s)) = SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (s);
|
TYPE_NAME (SYMBOL_TYPE (s)) = SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (s);
|
}
|
}
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case stFile: /* file name */
|
case stFile: /* file name */
|
push_parse_stack ();
|
push_parse_stack ();
|
top_stack->blocktype = sh->st;
|
top_stack->blocktype = sh->st;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
/* I`ve never seen these for C */
|
/* I`ve never seen these for C */
|
case stRegReloc:
|
case stRegReloc:
|
break; /* register relocation */
|
break; /* register relocation */
|
case stForward:
|
case stForward:
|
break; /* forwarding address */
|
break; /* forwarding address */
|
case stConstant:
|
case stConstant:
|
break; /* constant */
|
break; /* constant */
|
default:
|
default:
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints, _("unknown symbol type 0x%x"), sh->st);
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints, _("unknown symbol type 0x%x"), sh->st);
|
break;
|
break;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
return count;
|
return count;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Basic types. */
|
/* Basic types. */
|
|
|
static const struct objfile_data *basic_type_data;
|
static const struct objfile_data *basic_type_data;
|
|
|
static struct type *
|
static struct type *
|
basic_type (int bt, struct objfile *objfile)
|
basic_type (int bt, struct objfile *objfile)
|
{
|
{
|
struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
|
struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
|
struct type **map_bt = objfile_data (objfile, basic_type_data);
|
struct type **map_bt = objfile_data (objfile, basic_type_data);
|
struct type *tp;
|
struct type *tp;
|
|
|
if (bt >= btMax)
|
if (bt >= btMax)
|
return NULL;
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
if (!map_bt)
|
if (!map_bt)
|
{
|
{
|
map_bt = OBSTACK_CALLOC (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
|
map_bt = OBSTACK_CALLOC (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
|
btMax, struct type *);
|
btMax, struct type *);
|
set_objfile_data (objfile, basic_type_data, map_bt);
|
set_objfile_data (objfile, basic_type_data, map_bt);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
if (map_bt[bt])
|
if (map_bt[bt])
|
return map_bt[bt];
|
return map_bt[bt];
|
|
|
switch (bt)
|
switch (bt)
|
{
|
{
|
case btNil:
|
case btNil:
|
tp = objfile_type (objfile)->builtin_void;
|
tp = objfile_type (objfile)->builtin_void;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case btAdr:
|
case btAdr:
|
tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_PTR, 4, TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED,
|
tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_PTR, 4, TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED,
|
"adr_32", objfile);
|
"adr_32", objfile);
|
TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (tp) = objfile_type (objfile)->builtin_void;
|
TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (tp) = objfile_type (objfile)->builtin_void;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case btChar:
|
case btChar:
|
tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, 1, 0,
|
tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, 1, 0,
|
"char", objfile);
|
"char", objfile);
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case btUChar:
|
case btUChar:
|
tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, 1, TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED,
|
tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, 1, TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED,
|
"unsigned char", objfile);
|
"unsigned char", objfile);
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case btShort:
|
case btShort:
|
tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, 2, 0,
|
tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, 2, 0,
|
"short", objfile);
|
"short", objfile);
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case btUShort:
|
case btUShort:
|
tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, 2, TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED,
|
tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, 2, TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED,
|
"unsigned short", objfile);
|
"unsigned short", objfile);
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case btInt:
|
case btInt:
|
tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, 4, 0,
|
tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, 4, 0,
|
"int", objfile);
|
"int", objfile);
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case btUInt:
|
case btUInt:
|
tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, 4, TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED,
|
tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, 4, TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED,
|
"unsigned int", objfile);
|
"unsigned int", objfile);
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case btLong:
|
case btLong:
|
tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, 4, 0,
|
tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, 4, 0,
|
"long", objfile);
|
"long", objfile);
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case btULong:
|
case btULong:
|
tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, 4, TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED,
|
tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, 4, TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED,
|
"unsigned long", objfile);
|
"unsigned long", objfile);
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case btFloat:
|
case btFloat:
|
tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_FLT,
|
tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_FLT,
|
gdbarch_float_bit (gdbarch) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, 0,
|
gdbarch_float_bit (gdbarch) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, 0,
|
"float", objfile);
|
"float", objfile);
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case btDouble:
|
case btDouble:
|
tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_FLT,
|
tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_FLT,
|
gdbarch_double_bit (gdbarch) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, 0,
|
gdbarch_double_bit (gdbarch) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, 0,
|
"double", objfile);
|
"double", objfile);
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case btComplex:
|
case btComplex:
|
tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_COMPLEX,
|
tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_COMPLEX,
|
2 * gdbarch_float_bit (gdbarch) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, 0,
|
2 * gdbarch_float_bit (gdbarch) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, 0,
|
"complex", objfile);
|
"complex", objfile);
|
TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (tp) = basic_type (btFloat, objfile);
|
TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (tp) = basic_type (btFloat, objfile);
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case btDComplex:
|
case btDComplex:
|
tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_COMPLEX,
|
tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_COMPLEX,
|
2 * gdbarch_double_bit (gdbarch) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, 0,
|
2 * gdbarch_double_bit (gdbarch) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, 0,
|
"double complex", objfile);
|
"double complex", objfile);
|
TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (tp) = basic_type (btDouble, objfile);
|
TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (tp) = basic_type (btDouble, objfile);
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case btFixedDec:
|
case btFixedDec:
|
/* We use TYPE_CODE_INT to print these as integers. Does this do any
|
/* We use TYPE_CODE_INT to print these as integers. Does this do any
|
good? Would we be better off with TYPE_CODE_ERROR? Should
|
good? Would we be better off with TYPE_CODE_ERROR? Should
|
TYPE_CODE_ERROR print things in hex if it knows the size? */
|
TYPE_CODE_ERROR print things in hex if it knows the size? */
|
tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
|
tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
|
gdbarch_int_bit (gdbarch) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, 0,
|
gdbarch_int_bit (gdbarch) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, 0,
|
"fixed decimal", objfile);
|
"fixed decimal", objfile);
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case btFloatDec:
|
case btFloatDec:
|
tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_ERROR,
|
tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_ERROR,
|
gdbarch_double_bit (gdbarch) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, 0,
|
gdbarch_double_bit (gdbarch) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, 0,
|
"floating decimal", objfile);
|
"floating decimal", objfile);
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case btString:
|
case btString:
|
/* Is a "string" the way btString means it the same as TYPE_CODE_STRING?
|
/* Is a "string" the way btString means it the same as TYPE_CODE_STRING?
|
FIXME. */
|
FIXME. */
|
tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_STRING, 1, 0,
|
tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_STRING, 1, 0,
|
"string", objfile);
|
"string", objfile);
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case btVoid:
|
case btVoid:
|
tp = objfile_type (objfile)->builtin_void;
|
tp = objfile_type (objfile)->builtin_void;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case btLong64:
|
case btLong64:
|
tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, 8, 0,
|
tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, 8, 0,
|
"long", objfile);
|
"long", objfile);
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case btULong64:
|
case btULong64:
|
tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, 8, TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED,
|
tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, 8, TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED,
|
"unsigned long", objfile);
|
"unsigned long", objfile);
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case btLongLong64:
|
case btLongLong64:
|
tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, 8, 0,
|
tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, 8, 0,
|
"long long", objfile);
|
"long long", objfile);
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case btULongLong64:
|
case btULongLong64:
|
tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, 8, TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED,
|
tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, 8, TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED,
|
"unsigned long long", objfile);
|
"unsigned long long", objfile);
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case btAdr64:
|
case btAdr64:
|
tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_PTR, 8, TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED,
|
tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_PTR, 8, TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED,
|
"adr_64", objfile);
|
"adr_64", objfile);
|
TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (tp) = objfile_type (objfile)->builtin_void;
|
TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (tp) = objfile_type (objfile)->builtin_void;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case btInt64:
|
case btInt64:
|
tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, 8, 0,
|
tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, 8, 0,
|
"int", objfile);
|
"int", objfile);
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case btUInt64:
|
case btUInt64:
|
tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, 8, TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED,
|
tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, 8, TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED,
|
"unsigned int", objfile);
|
"unsigned int", objfile);
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
default:
|
default:
|
tp = NULL;
|
tp = NULL;
|
break;
|
break;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
map_bt[bt] = tp;
|
map_bt[bt] = tp;
|
return tp;
|
return tp;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Parse the type information provided in the raw AX entries for
|
/* Parse the type information provided in the raw AX entries for
|
the symbol SH. Return the bitfield size in BS, in case.
|
the symbol SH. Return the bitfield size in BS, in case.
|
We must byte-swap the AX entries before we use them; BIGEND says whether
|
We must byte-swap the AX entries before we use them; BIGEND says whether
|
they are big-endian or little-endian (from fh->fBigendian). */
|
they are big-endian or little-endian (from fh->fBigendian). */
|
|
|
static struct type *
|
static struct type *
|
parse_type (int fd, union aux_ext *ax, unsigned int aux_index, int *bs,
|
parse_type (int fd, union aux_ext *ax, unsigned int aux_index, int *bs,
|
int bigend, char *sym_name)
|
int bigend, char *sym_name)
|
{
|
{
|
TIR t[1];
|
TIR t[1];
|
struct type *tp = 0;
|
struct type *tp = 0;
|
enum type_code type_code = TYPE_CODE_UNDEF;
|
enum type_code type_code = TYPE_CODE_UNDEF;
|
|
|
/* Handle undefined types, they have indexNil. */
|
/* Handle undefined types, they have indexNil. */
|
if (aux_index == indexNil)
|
if (aux_index == indexNil)
|
return basic_type (btInt, current_objfile);
|
return basic_type (btInt, current_objfile);
|
|
|
/* Handle corrupt aux indices. */
|
/* Handle corrupt aux indices. */
|
if (aux_index >= (debug_info->fdr + fd)->caux)
|
if (aux_index >= (debug_info->fdr + fd)->caux)
|
{
|
{
|
index_complaint (sym_name);
|
index_complaint (sym_name);
|
return basic_type (btInt, current_objfile);
|
return basic_type (btInt, current_objfile);
|
}
|
}
|
ax += aux_index;
|
ax += aux_index;
|
|
|
/* Use aux as a type information record, map its basic type. */
|
/* Use aux as a type information record, map its basic type. */
|
(*debug_swap->swap_tir_in) (bigend, &ax->a_ti, t);
|
(*debug_swap->swap_tir_in) (bigend, &ax->a_ti, t);
|
tp = basic_type (t->bt, current_objfile);
|
tp = basic_type (t->bt, current_objfile);
|
if (tp == NULL)
|
if (tp == NULL)
|
{
|
{
|
/* Cannot use builtin types -- build our own */
|
/* Cannot use builtin types -- build our own */
|
switch (t->bt)
|
switch (t->bt)
|
{
|
{
|
case btStruct:
|
case btStruct:
|
type_code = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT;
|
type_code = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT;
|
break;
|
break;
|
case btUnion:
|
case btUnion:
|
type_code = TYPE_CODE_UNION;
|
type_code = TYPE_CODE_UNION;
|
break;
|
break;
|
case btEnum:
|
case btEnum:
|
type_code = TYPE_CODE_ENUM;
|
type_code = TYPE_CODE_ENUM;
|
break;
|
break;
|
case btRange:
|
case btRange:
|
type_code = TYPE_CODE_RANGE;
|
type_code = TYPE_CODE_RANGE;
|
break;
|
break;
|
case btSet:
|
case btSet:
|
type_code = TYPE_CODE_SET;
|
type_code = TYPE_CODE_SET;
|
break;
|
break;
|
case btIndirect:
|
case btIndirect:
|
/* alpha cc -migrate uses this for typedefs. The true type will
|
/* alpha cc -migrate uses this for typedefs. The true type will
|
be obtained by crossreferencing below. */
|
be obtained by crossreferencing below. */
|
type_code = TYPE_CODE_ERROR;
|
type_code = TYPE_CODE_ERROR;
|
break;
|
break;
|
case btTypedef:
|
case btTypedef:
|
/* alpha cc uses this for typedefs. The true type will be
|
/* alpha cc uses this for typedefs. The true type will be
|
obtained by crossreferencing below. */
|
obtained by crossreferencing below. */
|
type_code = TYPE_CODE_ERROR;
|
type_code = TYPE_CODE_ERROR;
|
break;
|
break;
|
default:
|
default:
|
basic_type_complaint (t->bt, sym_name);
|
basic_type_complaint (t->bt, sym_name);
|
return basic_type (btInt, current_objfile);
|
return basic_type (btInt, current_objfile);
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Move on to next aux */
|
/* Move on to next aux */
|
ax++;
|
ax++;
|
|
|
if (t->fBitfield)
|
if (t->fBitfield)
|
{
|
{
|
int width = AUX_GET_WIDTH (bigend, ax);
|
int width = AUX_GET_WIDTH (bigend, ax);
|
/* Inhibit core dumps if TIR is corrupted. */
|
/* Inhibit core dumps if TIR is corrupted. */
|
if (bs == (int *) NULL)
|
if (bs == (int *) NULL)
|
{
|
{
|
/* Alpha cc -migrate encodes char and unsigned char types
|
/* Alpha cc -migrate encodes char and unsigned char types
|
as short and unsigned short types with a field width of 8.
|
as short and unsigned short types with a field width of 8.
|
Enum types also have a field width which we ignore for now. */
|
Enum types also have a field width which we ignore for now. */
|
if (t->bt == btShort && width == 8)
|
if (t->bt == btShort && width == 8)
|
tp = basic_type (btChar, current_objfile);
|
tp = basic_type (btChar, current_objfile);
|
else if (t->bt == btUShort && width == 8)
|
else if (t->bt == btUShort && width == 8)
|
tp = basic_type (btUChar, current_objfile);
|
tp = basic_type (btUChar, current_objfile);
|
else if (t->bt == btEnum)
|
else if (t->bt == btEnum)
|
;
|
;
|
else
|
else
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints, _("can't handle TIR fBitfield for %s"),
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints, _("can't handle TIR fBitfield for %s"),
|
sym_name);
|
sym_name);
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
*bs = width;
|
*bs = width;
|
ax++;
|
ax++;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* A btIndirect entry cross references to an aux entry containing
|
/* A btIndirect entry cross references to an aux entry containing
|
the type. */
|
the type. */
|
if (t->bt == btIndirect)
|
if (t->bt == btIndirect)
|
{
|
{
|
RNDXR rn[1];
|
RNDXR rn[1];
|
int rf;
|
int rf;
|
FDR *xref_fh;
|
FDR *xref_fh;
|
int xref_fd;
|
int xref_fd;
|
|
|
(*debug_swap->swap_rndx_in) (bigend, &ax->a_rndx, rn);
|
(*debug_swap->swap_rndx_in) (bigend, &ax->a_rndx, rn);
|
ax++;
|
ax++;
|
if (rn->rfd == 0xfff)
|
if (rn->rfd == 0xfff)
|
{
|
{
|
rf = AUX_GET_ISYM (bigend, ax);
|
rf = AUX_GET_ISYM (bigend, ax);
|
ax++;
|
ax++;
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
rf = rn->rfd;
|
rf = rn->rfd;
|
|
|
if (rf == -1)
|
if (rf == -1)
|
{
|
{
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints,
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints,
|
_("unable to cross ref btIndirect for %s"), sym_name);
|
_("unable to cross ref btIndirect for %s"), sym_name);
|
return basic_type (btInt, current_objfile);
|
return basic_type (btInt, current_objfile);
|
}
|
}
|
xref_fh = get_rfd (fd, rf);
|
xref_fh = get_rfd (fd, rf);
|
xref_fd = xref_fh - debug_info->fdr;
|
xref_fd = xref_fh - debug_info->fdr;
|
tp = parse_type (xref_fd, debug_info->external_aux + xref_fh->iauxBase,
|
tp = parse_type (xref_fd, debug_info->external_aux + xref_fh->iauxBase,
|
rn->index, (int *) NULL, xref_fh->fBigendian, sym_name);
|
rn->index, (int *) NULL, xref_fh->fBigendian, sym_name);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* All these types really point to some (common) MIPS type
|
/* All these types really point to some (common) MIPS type
|
definition, and only the type-qualifiers fully identify
|
definition, and only the type-qualifiers fully identify
|
them. We'll make the same effort at sharing. */
|
them. We'll make the same effort at sharing. */
|
if (t->bt == btStruct ||
|
if (t->bt == btStruct ||
|
t->bt == btUnion ||
|
t->bt == btUnion ||
|
t->bt == btEnum ||
|
t->bt == btEnum ||
|
|
|
/* btSet (I think) implies that the name is a tag name, not a typedef
|
/* btSet (I think) implies that the name is a tag name, not a typedef
|
name. This apparently is a MIPS extension for C sets. */
|
name. This apparently is a MIPS extension for C sets. */
|
t->bt == btSet)
|
t->bt == btSet)
|
{
|
{
|
char *name;
|
char *name;
|
|
|
/* Try to cross reference this type, build new type on failure. */
|
/* Try to cross reference this type, build new type on failure. */
|
ax += cross_ref (fd, ax, &tp, type_code, &name, bigend, sym_name);
|
ax += cross_ref (fd, ax, &tp, type_code, &name, bigend, sym_name);
|
if (tp == (struct type *) NULL)
|
if (tp == (struct type *) NULL)
|
tp = init_type (type_code, 0, 0, (char *) NULL, current_objfile);
|
tp = init_type (type_code, 0, 0, (char *) NULL, current_objfile);
|
|
|
/* DEC c89 produces cross references to qualified aggregate types,
|
/* DEC c89 produces cross references to qualified aggregate types,
|
dereference them. */
|
dereference them. */
|
while (TYPE_CODE (tp) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
|
while (TYPE_CODE (tp) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
|
|| TYPE_CODE (tp) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
|
|| TYPE_CODE (tp) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
|
tp = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (tp);
|
tp = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (tp);
|
|
|
/* Make sure that TYPE_CODE(tp) has an expected type code.
|
/* Make sure that TYPE_CODE(tp) has an expected type code.
|
Any type may be returned from cross_ref if file indirect entries
|
Any type may be returned from cross_ref if file indirect entries
|
are corrupted. */
|
are corrupted. */
|
if (TYPE_CODE (tp) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
|
if (TYPE_CODE (tp) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
|
&& TYPE_CODE (tp) != TYPE_CODE_UNION
|
&& TYPE_CODE (tp) != TYPE_CODE_UNION
|
&& TYPE_CODE (tp) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
|
&& TYPE_CODE (tp) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
|
{
|
{
|
unexpected_type_code_complaint (sym_name);
|
unexpected_type_code_complaint (sym_name);
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
{
|
{
|
|
|
/* Usually, TYPE_CODE(tp) is already type_code. The main
|
/* Usually, TYPE_CODE(tp) is already type_code. The main
|
exception is if we guessed wrong re struct/union/enum.
|
exception is if we guessed wrong re struct/union/enum.
|
But for struct vs. union a wrong guess is harmless, so
|
But for struct vs. union a wrong guess is harmless, so
|
don't complain(). */
|
don't complain(). */
|
if ((TYPE_CODE (tp) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM
|
if ((TYPE_CODE (tp) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM
|
&& type_code != TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
|
&& type_code != TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
|
|| (TYPE_CODE (tp) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM
|
|| (TYPE_CODE (tp) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM
|
&& type_code == TYPE_CODE_ENUM))
|
&& type_code == TYPE_CODE_ENUM))
|
{
|
{
|
bad_tag_guess_complaint (sym_name);
|
bad_tag_guess_complaint (sym_name);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
if (TYPE_CODE (tp) != type_code)
|
if (TYPE_CODE (tp) != type_code)
|
{
|
{
|
TYPE_CODE (tp) = type_code;
|
TYPE_CODE (tp) = type_code;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Do not set the tag name if it is a compiler generated tag name
|
/* Do not set the tag name if it is a compiler generated tag name
|
(.Fxx or .xxfake or empty) for unnamed struct/union/enums. */
|
(.Fxx or .xxfake or empty) for unnamed struct/union/enums. */
|
if (name[0] == '.' || name[0] == '\0')
|
if (name[0] == '.' || name[0] == '\0')
|
TYPE_TAG_NAME (tp) = NULL;
|
TYPE_TAG_NAME (tp) = NULL;
|
else if (TYPE_TAG_NAME (tp) == NULL
|
else if (TYPE_TAG_NAME (tp) == NULL
|
|| strcmp (TYPE_TAG_NAME (tp), name) != 0)
|
|| strcmp (TYPE_TAG_NAME (tp), name) != 0)
|
TYPE_TAG_NAME (tp) = obsavestring (name, strlen (name),
|
TYPE_TAG_NAME (tp) = obsavestring (name, strlen (name),
|
¤t_objfile->objfile_obstack);
|
¤t_objfile->objfile_obstack);
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* All these types really point to some (common) MIPS type
|
/* All these types really point to some (common) MIPS type
|
definition, and only the type-qualifiers fully identify
|
definition, and only the type-qualifiers fully identify
|
them. We'll make the same effort at sharing.
|
them. We'll make the same effort at sharing.
|
FIXME: We are not doing any guessing on range types. */
|
FIXME: We are not doing any guessing on range types. */
|
if (t->bt == btRange)
|
if (t->bt == btRange)
|
{
|
{
|
char *name;
|
char *name;
|
|
|
/* Try to cross reference this type, build new type on failure. */
|
/* Try to cross reference this type, build new type on failure. */
|
ax += cross_ref (fd, ax, &tp, type_code, &name, bigend, sym_name);
|
ax += cross_ref (fd, ax, &tp, type_code, &name, bigend, sym_name);
|
if (tp == (struct type *) NULL)
|
if (tp == (struct type *) NULL)
|
tp = init_type (type_code, 0, 0, (char *) NULL, current_objfile);
|
tp = init_type (type_code, 0, 0, (char *) NULL, current_objfile);
|
|
|
/* Make sure that TYPE_CODE(tp) has an expected type code.
|
/* Make sure that TYPE_CODE(tp) has an expected type code.
|
Any type may be returned from cross_ref if file indirect entries
|
Any type may be returned from cross_ref if file indirect entries
|
are corrupted. */
|
are corrupted. */
|
if (TYPE_CODE (tp) != TYPE_CODE_RANGE)
|
if (TYPE_CODE (tp) != TYPE_CODE_RANGE)
|
{
|
{
|
unexpected_type_code_complaint (sym_name);
|
unexpected_type_code_complaint (sym_name);
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
{
|
{
|
/* Usually, TYPE_CODE(tp) is already type_code. The main
|
/* Usually, TYPE_CODE(tp) is already type_code. The main
|
exception is if we guessed wrong re struct/union/enum. */
|
exception is if we guessed wrong re struct/union/enum. */
|
if (TYPE_CODE (tp) != type_code)
|
if (TYPE_CODE (tp) != type_code)
|
{
|
{
|
bad_tag_guess_complaint (sym_name);
|
bad_tag_guess_complaint (sym_name);
|
TYPE_CODE (tp) = type_code;
|
TYPE_CODE (tp) = type_code;
|
}
|
}
|
if (TYPE_NAME (tp) == NULL
|
if (TYPE_NAME (tp) == NULL
|
|| strcmp (TYPE_NAME (tp), name) != 0)
|
|| strcmp (TYPE_NAME (tp), name) != 0)
|
TYPE_NAME (tp) = obsavestring (name, strlen (name),
|
TYPE_NAME (tp) = obsavestring (name, strlen (name),
|
¤t_objfile->objfile_obstack);
|
¤t_objfile->objfile_obstack);
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
if (t->bt == btTypedef)
|
if (t->bt == btTypedef)
|
{
|
{
|
char *name;
|
char *name;
|
|
|
/* Try to cross reference this type, it should succeed. */
|
/* Try to cross reference this type, it should succeed. */
|
ax += cross_ref (fd, ax, &tp, type_code, &name, bigend, sym_name);
|
ax += cross_ref (fd, ax, &tp, type_code, &name, bigend, sym_name);
|
if (tp == (struct type *) NULL)
|
if (tp == (struct type *) NULL)
|
{
|
{
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints,
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints,
|
_("unable to cross ref btTypedef for %s"), sym_name);
|
_("unable to cross ref btTypedef for %s"), sym_name);
|
tp = basic_type (btInt, current_objfile);
|
tp = basic_type (btInt, current_objfile);
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Deal with range types */
|
/* Deal with range types */
|
if (t->bt == btRange)
|
if (t->bt == btRange)
|
{
|
{
|
TYPE_NFIELDS (tp) = 0;
|
TYPE_NFIELDS (tp) = 0;
|
TYPE_RANGE_DATA (tp) = ((struct range_bounds *)
|
TYPE_RANGE_DATA (tp) = ((struct range_bounds *)
|
TYPE_ZALLOC (tp, sizeof (struct range_bounds)));
|
TYPE_ZALLOC (tp, sizeof (struct range_bounds)));
|
TYPE_LOW_BOUND (tp) = AUX_GET_DNLOW (bigend, ax);
|
TYPE_LOW_BOUND (tp) = AUX_GET_DNLOW (bigend, ax);
|
ax++;
|
ax++;
|
TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (tp) = AUX_GET_DNHIGH (bigend, ax);
|
TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (tp) = AUX_GET_DNHIGH (bigend, ax);
|
ax++;
|
ax++;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Parse all the type qualifiers now. If there are more
|
/* Parse all the type qualifiers now. If there are more
|
than 6 the game will continue in the next aux */
|
than 6 the game will continue in the next aux */
|
|
|
while (1)
|
while (1)
|
{
|
{
|
#define PARSE_TQ(tq) \
|
#define PARSE_TQ(tq) \
|
if (t->tq != tqNil) \
|
if (t->tq != tqNil) \
|
ax += upgrade_type(fd, &tp, t->tq, ax, bigend, sym_name); \
|
ax += upgrade_type(fd, &tp, t->tq, ax, bigend, sym_name); \
|
else \
|
else \
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
PARSE_TQ (tq0);
|
PARSE_TQ (tq0);
|
PARSE_TQ (tq1);
|
PARSE_TQ (tq1);
|
PARSE_TQ (tq2);
|
PARSE_TQ (tq2);
|
PARSE_TQ (tq3);
|
PARSE_TQ (tq3);
|
PARSE_TQ (tq4);
|
PARSE_TQ (tq4);
|
PARSE_TQ (tq5);
|
PARSE_TQ (tq5);
|
#undef PARSE_TQ
|
#undef PARSE_TQ
|
|
|
/* mips cc 2.x and gcc never put out continued aux entries. */
|
/* mips cc 2.x and gcc never put out continued aux entries. */
|
if (!t->continued)
|
if (!t->continued)
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
(*debug_swap->swap_tir_in) (bigend, &ax->a_ti, t);
|
(*debug_swap->swap_tir_in) (bigend, &ax->a_ti, t);
|
ax++;
|
ax++;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Complain for illegal continuations due to corrupt aux entries. */
|
/* Complain for illegal continuations due to corrupt aux entries. */
|
if (t->continued)
|
if (t->continued)
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints, _("illegal TIR continued for %s"), sym_name);
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints, _("illegal TIR continued for %s"), sym_name);
|
|
|
return tp;
|
return tp;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Make up a complex type from a basic one. Type is passed by
|
/* Make up a complex type from a basic one. Type is passed by
|
reference in TPP and side-effected as necessary. The type
|
reference in TPP and side-effected as necessary. The type
|
qualifier TQ says how to handle the aux symbols at AX for
|
qualifier TQ says how to handle the aux symbols at AX for
|
the symbol SX we are currently analyzing. BIGEND says whether
|
the symbol SX we are currently analyzing. BIGEND says whether
|
aux symbols are big-endian or little-endian.
|
aux symbols are big-endian or little-endian.
|
Returns the number of aux symbols we parsed. */
|
Returns the number of aux symbols we parsed. */
|
|
|
static int
|
static int
|
upgrade_type (int fd, struct type **tpp, int tq, union aux_ext *ax, int bigend,
|
upgrade_type (int fd, struct type **tpp, int tq, union aux_ext *ax, int bigend,
|
char *sym_name)
|
char *sym_name)
|
{
|
{
|
int off;
|
int off;
|
struct type *t;
|
struct type *t;
|
|
|
/* Used in array processing */
|
/* Used in array processing */
|
int rf, id;
|
int rf, id;
|
FDR *fh;
|
FDR *fh;
|
struct type *range;
|
struct type *range;
|
struct type *indx;
|
struct type *indx;
|
int lower, upper;
|
int lower, upper;
|
RNDXR rndx;
|
RNDXR rndx;
|
|
|
switch (tq)
|
switch (tq)
|
{
|
{
|
case tqPtr:
|
case tqPtr:
|
t = lookup_pointer_type (*tpp);
|
t = lookup_pointer_type (*tpp);
|
*tpp = t;
|
*tpp = t;
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
|
|
case tqProc:
|
case tqProc:
|
t = lookup_function_type (*tpp);
|
t = lookup_function_type (*tpp);
|
*tpp = t;
|
*tpp = t;
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
|
|
case tqArray:
|
case tqArray:
|
off = 0;
|
off = 0;
|
|
|
/* Determine and record the domain type (type of index) */
|
/* Determine and record the domain type (type of index) */
|
(*debug_swap->swap_rndx_in) (bigend, &ax->a_rndx, &rndx);
|
(*debug_swap->swap_rndx_in) (bigend, &ax->a_rndx, &rndx);
|
id = rndx.index;
|
id = rndx.index;
|
rf = rndx.rfd;
|
rf = rndx.rfd;
|
if (rf == 0xfff)
|
if (rf == 0xfff)
|
{
|
{
|
ax++;
|
ax++;
|
rf = AUX_GET_ISYM (bigend, ax);
|
rf = AUX_GET_ISYM (bigend, ax);
|
off++;
|
off++;
|
}
|
}
|
fh = get_rfd (fd, rf);
|
fh = get_rfd (fd, rf);
|
|
|
indx = parse_type (fh - debug_info->fdr,
|
indx = parse_type (fh - debug_info->fdr,
|
debug_info->external_aux + fh->iauxBase,
|
debug_info->external_aux + fh->iauxBase,
|
id, (int *) NULL, bigend, sym_name);
|
id, (int *) NULL, bigend, sym_name);
|
|
|
/* The bounds type should be an integer type, but might be anything
|
/* The bounds type should be an integer type, but might be anything
|
else due to corrupt aux entries. */
|
else due to corrupt aux entries. */
|
if (TYPE_CODE (indx) != TYPE_CODE_INT)
|
if (TYPE_CODE (indx) != TYPE_CODE_INT)
|
{
|
{
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints,
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints,
|
_("illegal array index type for %s, assuming int"), sym_name);
|
_("illegal array index type for %s, assuming int"), sym_name);
|
indx = objfile_type (current_objfile)->builtin_int;
|
indx = objfile_type (current_objfile)->builtin_int;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Get the bounds, and create the array type. */
|
/* Get the bounds, and create the array type. */
|
ax++;
|
ax++;
|
lower = AUX_GET_DNLOW (bigend, ax);
|
lower = AUX_GET_DNLOW (bigend, ax);
|
ax++;
|
ax++;
|
upper = AUX_GET_DNHIGH (bigend, ax);
|
upper = AUX_GET_DNHIGH (bigend, ax);
|
ax++;
|
ax++;
|
rf = AUX_GET_WIDTH (bigend, ax); /* bit size of array element */
|
rf = AUX_GET_WIDTH (bigend, ax); /* bit size of array element */
|
|
|
range = create_range_type ((struct type *) NULL, indx,
|
range = create_range_type ((struct type *) NULL, indx,
|
lower, upper);
|
lower, upper);
|
|
|
t = create_array_type ((struct type *) NULL, *tpp, range);
|
t = create_array_type ((struct type *) NULL, *tpp, range);
|
|
|
/* We used to fill in the supplied array element bitsize
|
/* We used to fill in the supplied array element bitsize
|
here if the TYPE_LENGTH of the target type was zero.
|
here if the TYPE_LENGTH of the target type was zero.
|
This happens for a `pointer to an array of anonymous structs',
|
This happens for a `pointer to an array of anonymous structs',
|
but in this case the array element bitsize is also zero,
|
but in this case the array element bitsize is also zero,
|
so nothing is gained.
|
so nothing is gained.
|
And we used to check the TYPE_LENGTH of the target type against
|
And we used to check the TYPE_LENGTH of the target type against
|
the supplied array element bitsize.
|
the supplied array element bitsize.
|
gcc causes a mismatch for `pointer to array of object',
|
gcc causes a mismatch for `pointer to array of object',
|
since the sdb directives it uses do not have a way of
|
since the sdb directives it uses do not have a way of
|
specifying the bitsize, but it does no harm (the
|
specifying the bitsize, but it does no harm (the
|
TYPE_LENGTH should be correct) and we should be able to
|
TYPE_LENGTH should be correct) and we should be able to
|
ignore the erroneous bitsize from the auxiliary entry safely.
|
ignore the erroneous bitsize from the auxiliary entry safely.
|
dbx seems to ignore it too. */
|
dbx seems to ignore it too. */
|
|
|
/* TYPE_TARGET_STUB now takes care of the zero TYPE_LENGTH problem. */
|
/* TYPE_TARGET_STUB now takes care of the zero TYPE_LENGTH problem. */
|
if (TYPE_LENGTH (*tpp) == 0)
|
if (TYPE_LENGTH (*tpp) == 0)
|
TYPE_TARGET_STUB (t) = 1;
|
TYPE_TARGET_STUB (t) = 1;
|
|
|
*tpp = t;
|
*tpp = t;
|
return 4 + off;
|
return 4 + off;
|
|
|
case tqVol:
|
case tqVol:
|
/* Volatile -- currently ignored */
|
/* Volatile -- currently ignored */
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
|
|
case tqConst:
|
case tqConst:
|
/* Const -- currently ignored */
|
/* Const -- currently ignored */
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
|
|
default:
|
default:
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints, _("unknown type qualifier 0x%x"), tq);
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints, _("unknown type qualifier 0x%x"), tq);
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
/* Parse a procedure descriptor record PR. Note that the procedure is
|
/* Parse a procedure descriptor record PR. Note that the procedure is
|
parsed _after_ the local symbols, now we just insert the extra
|
parsed _after_ the local symbols, now we just insert the extra
|
information we need into a MDEBUG_EFI_SYMBOL_NAME symbol that has
|
information we need into a MDEBUG_EFI_SYMBOL_NAME symbol that has
|
already been placed in the procedure's main block. Note also that
|
already been placed in the procedure's main block. Note also that
|
images that have been partially stripped (ld -x) have been deprived
|
images that have been partially stripped (ld -x) have been deprived
|
of local symbols, and we have to cope with them here. FIRST_OFF is
|
of local symbols, and we have to cope with them here. FIRST_OFF is
|
the offset of the first procedure for this FDR; we adjust the
|
the offset of the first procedure for this FDR; we adjust the
|
address by this amount, but I don't know why. SEARCH_SYMTAB is the symtab
|
address by this amount, but I don't know why. SEARCH_SYMTAB is the symtab
|
to look for the function which contains the MDEBUG_EFI_SYMBOL_NAME symbol
|
to look for the function which contains the MDEBUG_EFI_SYMBOL_NAME symbol
|
in question, or NULL to use top_stack->cur_block. */
|
in question, or NULL to use top_stack->cur_block. */
|
|
|
static void parse_procedure (PDR *, struct symtab *, struct partial_symtab *);
|
static void parse_procedure (PDR *, struct symtab *, struct partial_symtab *);
|
|
|
static void
|
static void
|
parse_procedure (PDR *pr, struct symtab *search_symtab,
|
parse_procedure (PDR *pr, struct symtab *search_symtab,
|
struct partial_symtab *pst)
|
struct partial_symtab *pst)
|
{
|
{
|
struct symbol *s, *i;
|
struct symbol *s, *i;
|
struct block *b;
|
struct block *b;
|
char *sh_name;
|
char *sh_name;
|
|
|
/* Simple rule to find files linked "-x" */
|
/* Simple rule to find files linked "-x" */
|
if (cur_fdr->rss == -1)
|
if (cur_fdr->rss == -1)
|
{
|
{
|
if (pr->isym == -1)
|
if (pr->isym == -1)
|
{
|
{
|
/* Static procedure at address pr->adr. Sigh. */
|
/* Static procedure at address pr->adr. Sigh. */
|
/* FIXME-32x64. assuming pr->adr fits in long. */
|
/* FIXME-32x64. assuming pr->adr fits in long. */
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints,
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints,
|
_("can't handle PDR for static proc at 0x%lx"),
|
_("can't handle PDR for static proc at 0x%lx"),
|
(unsigned long) pr->adr);
|
(unsigned long) pr->adr);
|
return;
|
return;
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
{
|
{
|
/* external */
|
/* external */
|
EXTR she;
|
EXTR she;
|
|
|
(*debug_swap->swap_ext_in) (cur_bfd,
|
(*debug_swap->swap_ext_in) (cur_bfd,
|
((char *) debug_info->external_ext
|
((char *) debug_info->external_ext
|
+ (pr->isym
|
+ (pr->isym
|
* debug_swap->external_ext_size)),
|
* debug_swap->external_ext_size)),
|
&she);
|
&she);
|
sh_name = debug_info->ssext + she.asym.iss;
|
sh_name = debug_info->ssext + she.asym.iss;
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
{
|
{
|
/* Full symbols */
|
/* Full symbols */
|
SYMR sh;
|
SYMR sh;
|
|
|
(*debug_swap->swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd,
|
(*debug_swap->swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd,
|
((char *) debug_info->external_sym
|
((char *) debug_info->external_sym
|
+ ((cur_fdr->isymBase + pr->isym)
|
+ ((cur_fdr->isymBase + pr->isym)
|
* debug_swap->external_sym_size)),
|
* debug_swap->external_sym_size)),
|
&sh);
|
&sh);
|
sh_name = debug_info->ss + cur_fdr->issBase + sh.iss;
|
sh_name = debug_info->ss + cur_fdr->issBase + sh.iss;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
if (search_symtab != NULL)
|
if (search_symtab != NULL)
|
{
|
{
|
#if 0
|
#if 0
|
/* This loses both in the case mentioned (want a static, find a global),
|
/* This loses both in the case mentioned (want a static, find a global),
|
but also if we are looking up a non-mangled name which happens to
|
but also if we are looking up a non-mangled name which happens to
|
match the name of a mangled function. */
|
match the name of a mangled function. */
|
/* We have to save the cur_fdr across the call to lookup_symbol.
|
/* We have to save the cur_fdr across the call to lookup_symbol.
|
If the pdr is for a static function and if a global function with
|
If the pdr is for a static function and if a global function with
|
the same name exists, lookup_symbol will eventually read in the symtab
|
the same name exists, lookup_symbol will eventually read in the symtab
|
for the global function and clobber cur_fdr. */
|
for the global function and clobber cur_fdr. */
|
FDR *save_cur_fdr = cur_fdr;
|
FDR *save_cur_fdr = cur_fdr;
|
s = lookup_symbol (sh_name, NULL, VAR_DOMAIN, 0);
|
s = lookup_symbol (sh_name, NULL, VAR_DOMAIN, 0);
|
cur_fdr = save_cur_fdr;
|
cur_fdr = save_cur_fdr;
|
#else
|
#else
|
s = mylookup_symbol
|
s = mylookup_symbol
|
(sh_name,
|
(sh_name,
|
BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (search_symtab), STATIC_BLOCK),
|
BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (search_symtab), STATIC_BLOCK),
|
VAR_DOMAIN,
|
VAR_DOMAIN,
|
LOC_BLOCK);
|
LOC_BLOCK);
|
#endif
|
#endif
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
s = mylookup_symbol (sh_name, top_stack->cur_block,
|
s = mylookup_symbol (sh_name, top_stack->cur_block,
|
VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_BLOCK);
|
VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_BLOCK);
|
|
|
if (s != 0)
|
if (s != 0)
|
{
|
{
|
b = SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (s);
|
b = SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (s);
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
{
|
{
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints, _("PDR for %s, but no symbol"), sh_name);
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints, _("PDR for %s, but no symbol"), sh_name);
|
#if 1
|
#if 1
|
return;
|
return;
|
#else
|
#else
|
/* FIXME -- delete. We can't do symbol allocation now; it's all done. */
|
/* FIXME -- delete. We can't do symbol allocation now; it's all done. */
|
s = new_symbol (sh_name);
|
s = new_symbol (sh_name);
|
SYMBOL_DOMAIN (s) = VAR_DOMAIN;
|
SYMBOL_DOMAIN (s) = VAR_DOMAIN;
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (s) = LOC_BLOCK;
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (s) = LOC_BLOCK;
|
/* Donno its type, hope int is ok */
|
/* Donno its type, hope int is ok */
|
SYMBOL_TYPE (s)
|
SYMBOL_TYPE (s)
|
= lookup_function_type (objfile_type (pst->objfile)->builtin_int);
|
= lookup_function_type (objfile_type (pst->objfile)->builtin_int);
|
add_symbol (s, top_stack->cur_st, top_stack->cur_block);
|
add_symbol (s, top_stack->cur_st, top_stack->cur_block);
|
/* Wont have symbols for this one */
|
/* Wont have symbols for this one */
|
b = new_block (2);
|
b = new_block (2);
|
SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (s) = b;
|
SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (s) = b;
|
BLOCK_FUNCTION (b) = s;
|
BLOCK_FUNCTION (b) = s;
|
BLOCK_START (b) = pr->adr;
|
BLOCK_START (b) = pr->adr;
|
/* BOUND used to be the end of procedure's text, but the
|
/* BOUND used to be the end of procedure's text, but the
|
argument is no longer passed in. */
|
argument is no longer passed in. */
|
BLOCK_END (b) = bound;
|
BLOCK_END (b) = bound;
|
BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (b) = top_stack->cur_block;
|
BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (b) = top_stack->cur_block;
|
add_block (b, top_stack->cur_st);
|
add_block (b, top_stack->cur_st);
|
#endif
|
#endif
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
i = mylookup_symbol (MDEBUG_EFI_SYMBOL_NAME, b, LABEL_DOMAIN, LOC_CONST);
|
i = mylookup_symbol (MDEBUG_EFI_SYMBOL_NAME, b, LABEL_DOMAIN, LOC_CONST);
|
|
|
if (i)
|
if (i)
|
{
|
{
|
struct mdebug_extra_func_info *e;
|
struct mdebug_extra_func_info *e;
|
|
|
e = (struct mdebug_extra_func_info *) SYMBOL_VALUE_BYTES (i);
|
e = (struct mdebug_extra_func_info *) SYMBOL_VALUE_BYTES (i);
|
e->pdr = *pr;
|
e->pdr = *pr;
|
|
|
/* GDB expects the absolute function start address for the
|
/* GDB expects the absolute function start address for the
|
procedure descriptor in e->pdr.adr.
|
procedure descriptor in e->pdr.adr.
|
As the address in the procedure descriptor is usually relative,
|
As the address in the procedure descriptor is usually relative,
|
we would have to relocate e->pdr.adr with cur_fdr->adr and
|
we would have to relocate e->pdr.adr with cur_fdr->adr and
|
ANOFFSET (pst->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (pst->objfile)).
|
ANOFFSET (pst->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (pst->objfile)).
|
Unfortunately cur_fdr->adr and e->pdr.adr are both absolute
|
Unfortunately cur_fdr->adr and e->pdr.adr are both absolute
|
in shared libraries on some systems, and on other systems
|
in shared libraries on some systems, and on other systems
|
e->pdr.adr is sometimes offset by a bogus value.
|
e->pdr.adr is sometimes offset by a bogus value.
|
To work around these problems, we replace e->pdr.adr with
|
To work around these problems, we replace e->pdr.adr with
|
the start address of the function. */
|
the start address of the function. */
|
e->pdr.adr = BLOCK_START (b);
|
e->pdr.adr = BLOCK_START (b);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* It would be reasonable that functions that have been compiled
|
/* It would be reasonable that functions that have been compiled
|
without debugging info have a btNil type for their return value,
|
without debugging info have a btNil type for their return value,
|
and functions that are void and are compiled with debugging info
|
and functions that are void and are compiled with debugging info
|
have btVoid.
|
have btVoid.
|
gcc and DEC f77 put out btNil types for both cases, so btNil is mapped
|
gcc and DEC f77 put out btNil types for both cases, so btNil is mapped
|
to TYPE_CODE_VOID in parse_type to get the `compiled with debugging info'
|
to TYPE_CODE_VOID in parse_type to get the `compiled with debugging info'
|
case right.
|
case right.
|
The glevel field in cur_fdr could be used to determine the presence
|
The glevel field in cur_fdr could be used to determine the presence
|
of debugging info, but GCC doesn't always pass the -g switch settings
|
of debugging info, but GCC doesn't always pass the -g switch settings
|
to the assembler and GAS doesn't set the glevel field from the -g switch
|
to the assembler and GAS doesn't set the glevel field from the -g switch
|
settings.
|
settings.
|
To work around these problems, the return value type of a TYPE_CODE_VOID
|
To work around these problems, the return value type of a TYPE_CODE_VOID
|
function is adjusted accordingly if no debugging info was found in the
|
function is adjusted accordingly if no debugging info was found in the
|
compilation unit. */
|
compilation unit. */
|
|
|
if (processing_gcc_compilation == 0
|
if (processing_gcc_compilation == 0
|
&& found_ecoff_debugging_info == 0
|
&& found_ecoff_debugging_info == 0
|
&& TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (SYMBOL_TYPE (s))) == TYPE_CODE_VOID)
|
&& TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (SYMBOL_TYPE (s))) == TYPE_CODE_VOID)
|
SYMBOL_TYPE (s) = objfile_type (pst->objfile)->nodebug_text_symbol;
|
SYMBOL_TYPE (s) = objfile_type (pst->objfile)->nodebug_text_symbol;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Parse the external symbol ES. Just call parse_symbol() after
|
/* Parse the external symbol ES. Just call parse_symbol() after
|
making sure we know where the aux are for it.
|
making sure we know where the aux are for it.
|
BIGEND says whether aux entries are big-endian or little-endian.
|
BIGEND says whether aux entries are big-endian or little-endian.
|
|
|
This routine clobbers top_stack->cur_block and ->cur_st. */
|
This routine clobbers top_stack->cur_block and ->cur_st. */
|
|
|
static void parse_external (EXTR *, int, struct section_offsets *,
|
static void parse_external (EXTR *, int, struct section_offsets *,
|
struct objfile *);
|
struct objfile *);
|
|
|
static void
|
static void
|
parse_external (EXTR *es, int bigend, struct section_offsets *section_offsets,
|
parse_external (EXTR *es, int bigend, struct section_offsets *section_offsets,
|
struct objfile *objfile)
|
struct objfile *objfile)
|
{
|
{
|
union aux_ext *ax;
|
union aux_ext *ax;
|
|
|
if (es->ifd != ifdNil)
|
if (es->ifd != ifdNil)
|
{
|
{
|
cur_fd = es->ifd;
|
cur_fd = es->ifd;
|
cur_fdr = debug_info->fdr + cur_fd;
|
cur_fdr = debug_info->fdr + cur_fd;
|
ax = debug_info->external_aux + cur_fdr->iauxBase;
|
ax = debug_info->external_aux + cur_fdr->iauxBase;
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
{
|
{
|
cur_fdr = debug_info->fdr;
|
cur_fdr = debug_info->fdr;
|
ax = 0;
|
ax = 0;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Reading .o files */
|
/* Reading .o files */
|
if (SC_IS_UNDEF (es->asym.sc) || es->asym.sc == scNil)
|
if (SC_IS_UNDEF (es->asym.sc) || es->asym.sc == scNil)
|
{
|
{
|
char *what;
|
char *what;
|
switch (es->asym.st)
|
switch (es->asym.st)
|
{
|
{
|
case stNil:
|
case stNil:
|
/* These are generated for static symbols in .o files,
|
/* These are generated for static symbols in .o files,
|
ignore them. */
|
ignore them. */
|
return;
|
return;
|
case stStaticProc:
|
case stStaticProc:
|
case stProc:
|
case stProc:
|
what = "procedure";
|
what = "procedure";
|
n_undef_procs++;
|
n_undef_procs++;
|
break;
|
break;
|
case stGlobal:
|
case stGlobal:
|
what = "variable";
|
what = "variable";
|
n_undef_vars++;
|
n_undef_vars++;
|
break;
|
break;
|
case stLabel:
|
case stLabel:
|
what = "label";
|
what = "label";
|
n_undef_labels++;
|
n_undef_labels++;
|
break;
|
break;
|
default:
|
default:
|
what = "symbol";
|
what = "symbol";
|
break;
|
break;
|
}
|
}
|
n_undef_symbols++;
|
n_undef_symbols++;
|
/* FIXME: Turn this into a complaint? */
|
/* FIXME: Turn this into a complaint? */
|
if (info_verbose)
|
if (info_verbose)
|
printf_filtered (_("Warning: %s `%s' is undefined (in %s)\n"),
|
printf_filtered (_("Warning: %s `%s' is undefined (in %s)\n"),
|
what, debug_info->ssext + es->asym.iss,
|
what, debug_info->ssext + es->asym.iss,
|
fdr_name (cur_fdr));
|
fdr_name (cur_fdr));
|
return;
|
return;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
switch (es->asym.st)
|
switch (es->asym.st)
|
{
|
{
|
case stProc:
|
case stProc:
|
case stStaticProc:
|
case stStaticProc:
|
/* There is no need to parse the external procedure symbols.
|
/* There is no need to parse the external procedure symbols.
|
If they are from objects compiled without -g, their index will
|
If they are from objects compiled without -g, their index will
|
be indexNil, and the symbol definition from the minimal symbol
|
be indexNil, and the symbol definition from the minimal symbol
|
is preferrable (yielding a function returning int instead of int).
|
is preferrable (yielding a function returning int instead of int).
|
If the index points to a local procedure symbol, the local
|
If the index points to a local procedure symbol, the local
|
symbol already provides the correct type.
|
symbol already provides the correct type.
|
Note that the index of the external procedure symbol points
|
Note that the index of the external procedure symbol points
|
to the local procedure symbol in the local symbol table, and
|
to the local procedure symbol in the local symbol table, and
|
_not_ to the auxiliary symbol info. */
|
_not_ to the auxiliary symbol info. */
|
break;
|
break;
|
case stGlobal:
|
case stGlobal:
|
case stLabel:
|
case stLabel:
|
/* Global common symbols are resolved by the runtime loader,
|
/* Global common symbols are resolved by the runtime loader,
|
ignore them. */
|
ignore them. */
|
if (SC_IS_COMMON (es->asym.sc))
|
if (SC_IS_COMMON (es->asym.sc))
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
/* Note that the case of a symbol with indexNil must be handled
|
/* Note that the case of a symbol with indexNil must be handled
|
anyways by parse_symbol(). */
|
anyways by parse_symbol(). */
|
parse_symbol (&es->asym, ax, (char *) NULL, bigend, section_offsets, objfile);
|
parse_symbol (&es->asym, ax, (char *) NULL, bigend, section_offsets, objfile);
|
break;
|
break;
|
default:
|
default:
|
break;
|
break;
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Parse the line number info for file descriptor FH into
|
/* Parse the line number info for file descriptor FH into
|
GDB's linetable LT. MIPS' encoding requires a little bit
|
GDB's linetable LT. MIPS' encoding requires a little bit
|
of magic to get things out. Note also that MIPS' line
|
of magic to get things out. Note also that MIPS' line
|
numbers can go back and forth, apparently we can live
|
numbers can go back and forth, apparently we can live
|
with that and do not need to reorder our linetables */
|
with that and do not need to reorder our linetables */
|
|
|
static void parse_lines (FDR *, PDR *, struct linetable *, int,
|
static void parse_lines (FDR *, PDR *, struct linetable *, int,
|
struct partial_symtab *, CORE_ADDR);
|
struct partial_symtab *, CORE_ADDR);
|
|
|
static void
|
static void
|
parse_lines (FDR *fh, PDR *pr, struct linetable *lt, int maxlines,
|
parse_lines (FDR *fh, PDR *pr, struct linetable *lt, int maxlines,
|
struct partial_symtab *pst, CORE_ADDR lowest_pdr_addr)
|
struct partial_symtab *pst, CORE_ADDR lowest_pdr_addr)
|
{
|
{
|
unsigned char *base;
|
unsigned char *base;
|
int j, k;
|
int j, k;
|
int delta, count, lineno = 0;
|
int delta, count, lineno = 0;
|
|
|
if (fh->cbLine == 0)
|
if (fh->cbLine == 0)
|
return;
|
return;
|
|
|
/* Scan by procedure descriptors */
|
/* Scan by procedure descriptors */
|
k = 0;
|
k = 0;
|
for (j = 0; j < fh->cpd; j++, pr++)
|
for (j = 0; j < fh->cpd; j++, pr++)
|
{
|
{
|
CORE_ADDR l;
|
CORE_ADDR l;
|
CORE_ADDR adr;
|
CORE_ADDR adr;
|
unsigned char *halt;
|
unsigned char *halt;
|
|
|
/* No code for this one */
|
/* No code for this one */
|
if (pr->iline == ilineNil ||
|
if (pr->iline == ilineNil ||
|
pr->lnLow == -1 || pr->lnHigh == -1)
|
pr->lnLow == -1 || pr->lnHigh == -1)
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
|
|
/* Determine start and end address of compressed line bytes for
|
/* Determine start and end address of compressed line bytes for
|
this procedure. */
|
this procedure. */
|
base = debug_info->line + fh->cbLineOffset;
|
base = debug_info->line + fh->cbLineOffset;
|
if (j != (fh->cpd - 1))
|
if (j != (fh->cpd - 1))
|
halt = base + pr[1].cbLineOffset;
|
halt = base + pr[1].cbLineOffset;
|
else
|
else
|
halt = base + fh->cbLine;
|
halt = base + fh->cbLine;
|
base += pr->cbLineOffset;
|
base += pr->cbLineOffset;
|
|
|
adr = pst->textlow + pr->adr - lowest_pdr_addr;
|
adr = pst->textlow + pr->adr - lowest_pdr_addr;
|
|
|
l = adr >> 2; /* in words */
|
l = adr >> 2; /* in words */
|
for (lineno = pr->lnLow; base < halt;)
|
for (lineno = pr->lnLow; base < halt;)
|
{
|
{
|
count = *base & 0x0f;
|
count = *base & 0x0f;
|
delta = *base++ >> 4;
|
delta = *base++ >> 4;
|
if (delta >= 8)
|
if (delta >= 8)
|
delta -= 16;
|
delta -= 16;
|
if (delta == -8)
|
if (delta == -8)
|
{
|
{
|
delta = (base[0] << 8) | base[1];
|
delta = (base[0] << 8) | base[1];
|
if (delta >= 0x8000)
|
if (delta >= 0x8000)
|
delta -= 0x10000;
|
delta -= 0x10000;
|
base += 2;
|
base += 2;
|
}
|
}
|
lineno += delta; /* first delta is 0 */
|
lineno += delta; /* first delta is 0 */
|
|
|
/* Complain if the line table overflows. Could happen
|
/* Complain if the line table overflows. Could happen
|
with corrupt binaries. */
|
with corrupt binaries. */
|
if (lt->nitems >= maxlines)
|
if (lt->nitems >= maxlines)
|
{
|
{
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints,
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints,
|
_("guessed size of linetable for %s incorrectly"),
|
_("guessed size of linetable for %s incorrectly"),
|
fdr_name (fh));
|
fdr_name (fh));
|
break;
|
break;
|
}
|
}
|
k = add_line (lt, lineno, l, k);
|
k = add_line (lt, lineno, l, k);
|
l += count + 1;
|
l += count + 1;
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
static void
|
static void
|
function_outside_compilation_unit_complaint (const char *arg1)
|
function_outside_compilation_unit_complaint (const char *arg1)
|
{
|
{
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints,
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints,
|
_("function `%s' appears to be defined outside of all compilation units"),
|
_("function `%s' appears to be defined outside of all compilation units"),
|
arg1);
|
arg1);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Use the STORAGE_CLASS to compute which section the given symbol
|
/* Use the STORAGE_CLASS to compute which section the given symbol
|
belongs to, and then records this new minimal symbol. */
|
belongs to, and then records this new minimal symbol. */
|
|
|
static void
|
static void
|
record_minimal_symbol (const char *name, const CORE_ADDR address,
|
record_minimal_symbol (const char *name, const CORE_ADDR address,
|
enum minimal_symbol_type ms_type, int storage_class,
|
enum minimal_symbol_type ms_type, int storage_class,
|
struct objfile *objfile)
|
struct objfile *objfile)
|
{
|
{
|
int section;
|
int section;
|
asection *bfd_section;
|
asection *bfd_section;
|
|
|
switch (storage_class)
|
switch (storage_class)
|
{
|
{
|
case scText:
|
case scText:
|
section = SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile);
|
section = SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile);
|
bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (cur_bfd, ".text");
|
bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (cur_bfd, ".text");
|
break;
|
break;
|
case scData:
|
case scData:
|
section = SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile);
|
section = SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile);
|
bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (cur_bfd, ".data");
|
bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (cur_bfd, ".data");
|
break;
|
break;
|
case scBss:
|
case scBss:
|
section = SECT_OFF_BSS (objfile);
|
section = SECT_OFF_BSS (objfile);
|
bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (cur_bfd, ".bss");
|
bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (cur_bfd, ".bss");
|
break;
|
break;
|
case scSData:
|
case scSData:
|
section = get_section_index (objfile, ".sdata");
|
section = get_section_index (objfile, ".sdata");
|
bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (cur_bfd, ".sdata");
|
bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (cur_bfd, ".sdata");
|
break;
|
break;
|
case scSBss:
|
case scSBss:
|
section = get_section_index (objfile, ".sbss");
|
section = get_section_index (objfile, ".sbss");
|
bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (cur_bfd, ".sbss");
|
bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (cur_bfd, ".sbss");
|
break;
|
break;
|
case scRData:
|
case scRData:
|
section = get_section_index (objfile, ".rdata");
|
section = get_section_index (objfile, ".rdata");
|
bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (cur_bfd, ".rdata");
|
bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (cur_bfd, ".rdata");
|
break;
|
break;
|
case scInit:
|
case scInit:
|
section = get_section_index (objfile, ".init");
|
section = get_section_index (objfile, ".init");
|
bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (cur_bfd, ".init");
|
bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (cur_bfd, ".init");
|
break;
|
break;
|
case scXData:
|
case scXData:
|
section = get_section_index (objfile, ".xdata");
|
section = get_section_index (objfile, ".xdata");
|
bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (cur_bfd, ".xdata");
|
bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (cur_bfd, ".xdata");
|
break;
|
break;
|
case scPData:
|
case scPData:
|
section = get_section_index (objfile, ".pdata");
|
section = get_section_index (objfile, ".pdata");
|
bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (cur_bfd, ".pdata");
|
bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (cur_bfd, ".pdata");
|
break;
|
break;
|
case scFini:
|
case scFini:
|
section = get_section_index (objfile, ".fini");
|
section = get_section_index (objfile, ".fini");
|
bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (cur_bfd, ".fini");
|
bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (cur_bfd, ".fini");
|
break;
|
break;
|
case scRConst:
|
case scRConst:
|
section = get_section_index (objfile, ".rconst");
|
section = get_section_index (objfile, ".rconst");
|
bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (cur_bfd, ".rconst");
|
bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (cur_bfd, ".rconst");
|
break;
|
break;
|
#ifdef scTlsData
|
#ifdef scTlsData
|
case scTlsData:
|
case scTlsData:
|
section = get_section_index (objfile, ".tlsdata");
|
section = get_section_index (objfile, ".tlsdata");
|
bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (cur_bfd, ".tlsdata");
|
bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (cur_bfd, ".tlsdata");
|
break;
|
break;
|
#endif
|
#endif
|
#ifdef scTlsBss
|
#ifdef scTlsBss
|
case scTlsBss:
|
case scTlsBss:
|
section = get_section_index (objfile, ".tlsbss");
|
section = get_section_index (objfile, ".tlsbss");
|
bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (cur_bfd, ".tlsbss");
|
bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (cur_bfd, ".tlsbss");
|
break;
|
break;
|
#endif
|
#endif
|
default:
|
default:
|
/* This kind of symbol is not associated to a section. */
|
/* This kind of symbol is not associated to a section. */
|
section = -1;
|
section = -1;
|
bfd_section = NULL;
|
bfd_section = NULL;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
prim_record_minimal_symbol_and_info (name, address, ms_type,
|
prim_record_minimal_symbol_and_info (name, address, ms_type,
|
section, bfd_section, objfile);
|
section, bfd_section, objfile);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Master parsing procedure for first-pass reading of file symbols
|
/* Master parsing procedure for first-pass reading of file symbols
|
into a partial_symtab. */
|
into a partial_symtab. */
|
|
|
static void
|
static void
|
parse_partial_symbols (struct objfile *objfile)
|
parse_partial_symbols (struct objfile *objfile)
|
{
|
{
|
struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
|
struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
|
const bfd_size_type external_sym_size = debug_swap->external_sym_size;
|
const bfd_size_type external_sym_size = debug_swap->external_sym_size;
|
const bfd_size_type external_rfd_size = debug_swap->external_rfd_size;
|
const bfd_size_type external_rfd_size = debug_swap->external_rfd_size;
|
const bfd_size_type external_ext_size = debug_swap->external_ext_size;
|
const bfd_size_type external_ext_size = debug_swap->external_ext_size;
|
void (*const swap_ext_in) (bfd *, void *, EXTR *) = debug_swap->swap_ext_in;
|
void (*const swap_ext_in) (bfd *, void *, EXTR *) = debug_swap->swap_ext_in;
|
void (*const swap_sym_in) (bfd *, void *, SYMR *) = debug_swap->swap_sym_in;
|
void (*const swap_sym_in) (bfd *, void *, SYMR *) = debug_swap->swap_sym_in;
|
void (*const swap_rfd_in) (bfd *, void *, RFDT *) = debug_swap->swap_rfd_in;
|
void (*const swap_rfd_in) (bfd *, void *, RFDT *) = debug_swap->swap_rfd_in;
|
int f_idx, s_idx;
|
int f_idx, s_idx;
|
HDRR *hdr = &debug_info->symbolic_header;
|
HDRR *hdr = &debug_info->symbolic_header;
|
/* Running pointers */
|
/* Running pointers */
|
FDR *fh;
|
FDR *fh;
|
char *ext_out;
|
char *ext_out;
|
char *ext_out_end;
|
char *ext_out_end;
|
EXTR *ext_block;
|
EXTR *ext_block;
|
EXTR *ext_in;
|
EXTR *ext_in;
|
EXTR *ext_in_end;
|
EXTR *ext_in_end;
|
SYMR sh;
|
SYMR sh;
|
struct partial_symtab *pst;
|
struct partial_symtab *pst;
|
int textlow_not_set = 1;
|
int textlow_not_set = 1;
|
int past_first_source_file = 0;
|
int past_first_source_file = 0;
|
|
|
/* List of current psymtab's include files */
|
/* List of current psymtab's include files */
|
char **psymtab_include_list;
|
char **psymtab_include_list;
|
int includes_allocated;
|
int includes_allocated;
|
int includes_used;
|
int includes_used;
|
EXTR *extern_tab;
|
EXTR *extern_tab;
|
struct pst_map *fdr_to_pst;
|
struct pst_map *fdr_to_pst;
|
/* Index within current psymtab dependency list */
|
/* Index within current psymtab dependency list */
|
struct partial_symtab **dependency_list;
|
struct partial_symtab **dependency_list;
|
int dependencies_used, dependencies_allocated;
|
int dependencies_used, dependencies_allocated;
|
struct cleanup *old_chain;
|
struct cleanup *old_chain;
|
char *name;
|
char *name;
|
enum language prev_language;
|
enum language prev_language;
|
asection *text_sect;
|
asection *text_sect;
|
int relocatable = 0;
|
int relocatable = 0;
|
|
|
/* Irix 5.2 shared libraries have a fh->adr field of zero, but
|
/* Irix 5.2 shared libraries have a fh->adr field of zero, but
|
the shared libraries are prelinked at a high memory address.
|
the shared libraries are prelinked at a high memory address.
|
We have to adjust the start address of the object file for this case,
|
We have to adjust the start address of the object file for this case,
|
by setting it to the start address of the first procedure in the file.
|
by setting it to the start address of the first procedure in the file.
|
But we should do no adjustments if we are debugging a .o file, where
|
But we should do no adjustments if we are debugging a .o file, where
|
the text section (and fh->adr) really starts at zero. */
|
the text section (and fh->adr) really starts at zero. */
|
text_sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (cur_bfd, ".text");
|
text_sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (cur_bfd, ".text");
|
if (text_sect != NULL
|
if (text_sect != NULL
|
&& (bfd_get_section_flags (cur_bfd, text_sect) & SEC_RELOC))
|
&& (bfd_get_section_flags (cur_bfd, text_sect) & SEC_RELOC))
|
relocatable = 1;
|
relocatable = 1;
|
|
|
extern_tab = (EXTR *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
|
extern_tab = (EXTR *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
|
sizeof (EXTR) * hdr->iextMax);
|
sizeof (EXTR) * hdr->iextMax);
|
|
|
includes_allocated = 30;
|
includes_allocated = 30;
|
includes_used = 0;
|
includes_used = 0;
|
psymtab_include_list = (char **) alloca (includes_allocated *
|
psymtab_include_list = (char **) alloca (includes_allocated *
|
sizeof (char *));
|
sizeof (char *));
|
next_symbol_text_func = mdebug_next_symbol_text;
|
next_symbol_text_func = mdebug_next_symbol_text;
|
|
|
dependencies_allocated = 30;
|
dependencies_allocated = 30;
|
dependencies_used = 0;
|
dependencies_used = 0;
|
dependency_list =
|
dependency_list =
|
(struct partial_symtab **) alloca (dependencies_allocated *
|
(struct partial_symtab **) alloca (dependencies_allocated *
|
sizeof (struct partial_symtab *));
|
sizeof (struct partial_symtab *));
|
|
|
last_source_file = NULL;
|
last_source_file = NULL;
|
|
|
/*
|
/*
|
* Big plan:
|
* Big plan:
|
*
|
*
|
* Only parse the Local and External symbols, and the Relative FDR.
|
* Only parse the Local and External symbols, and the Relative FDR.
|
* Fixup enough of the loader symtab to be able to use it.
|
* Fixup enough of the loader symtab to be able to use it.
|
* Allocate space only for the file's portions we need to
|
* Allocate space only for the file's portions we need to
|
* look at. (XXX)
|
* look at. (XXX)
|
*/
|
*/
|
|
|
max_gdbinfo = 0;
|
max_gdbinfo = 0;
|
max_glevel = MIN_GLEVEL;
|
max_glevel = MIN_GLEVEL;
|
|
|
/* Allocate the map FDR -> PST.
|
/* Allocate the map FDR -> PST.
|
Minor hack: -O3 images might claim some global data belongs
|
Minor hack: -O3 images might claim some global data belongs
|
to FDR -1. We`ll go along with that */
|
to FDR -1. We`ll go along with that */
|
fdr_to_pst = (struct pst_map *) xzalloc ((hdr->ifdMax + 1) * sizeof *fdr_to_pst);
|
fdr_to_pst = (struct pst_map *) xzalloc ((hdr->ifdMax + 1) * sizeof *fdr_to_pst);
|
old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, fdr_to_pst);
|
old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, fdr_to_pst);
|
fdr_to_pst++;
|
fdr_to_pst++;
|
{
|
{
|
struct partial_symtab *pst = new_psymtab ("", objfile);
|
struct partial_symtab *pst = new_psymtab ("", objfile);
|
fdr_to_pst[-1].pst = pst;
|
fdr_to_pst[-1].pst = pst;
|
FDR_IDX (pst) = -1;
|
FDR_IDX (pst) = -1;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Allocate the global pending list. */
|
/* Allocate the global pending list. */
|
pending_list =
|
pending_list =
|
((struct mdebug_pending **)
|
((struct mdebug_pending **)
|
obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
|
obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
|
hdr->ifdMax * sizeof (struct mdebug_pending *)));
|
hdr->ifdMax * sizeof (struct mdebug_pending *)));
|
memset (pending_list, 0,
|
memset (pending_list, 0,
|
hdr->ifdMax * sizeof (struct mdebug_pending *));
|
hdr->ifdMax * sizeof (struct mdebug_pending *));
|
|
|
/* Pass 0 over external syms: swap them in. */
|
/* Pass 0 over external syms: swap them in. */
|
ext_block = (EXTR *) xmalloc (hdr->iextMax * sizeof (EXTR));
|
ext_block = (EXTR *) xmalloc (hdr->iextMax * sizeof (EXTR));
|
make_cleanup (xfree, ext_block);
|
make_cleanup (xfree, ext_block);
|
|
|
ext_out = (char *) debug_info->external_ext;
|
ext_out = (char *) debug_info->external_ext;
|
ext_out_end = ext_out + hdr->iextMax * external_ext_size;
|
ext_out_end = ext_out + hdr->iextMax * external_ext_size;
|
ext_in = ext_block;
|
ext_in = ext_block;
|
for (; ext_out < ext_out_end; ext_out += external_ext_size, ext_in++)
|
for (; ext_out < ext_out_end; ext_out += external_ext_size, ext_in++)
|
(*swap_ext_in) (cur_bfd, ext_out, ext_in);
|
(*swap_ext_in) (cur_bfd, ext_out, ext_in);
|
|
|
/* Pass 1 over external syms: Presize and partition the list */
|
/* Pass 1 over external syms: Presize and partition the list */
|
ext_in = ext_block;
|
ext_in = ext_block;
|
ext_in_end = ext_in + hdr->iextMax;
|
ext_in_end = ext_in + hdr->iextMax;
|
for (; ext_in < ext_in_end; ext_in++)
|
for (; ext_in < ext_in_end; ext_in++)
|
{
|
{
|
/* See calls to complain below. */
|
/* See calls to complain below. */
|
if (ext_in->ifd >= -1
|
if (ext_in->ifd >= -1
|
&& ext_in->ifd < hdr->ifdMax
|
&& ext_in->ifd < hdr->ifdMax
|
&& ext_in->asym.iss >= 0
|
&& ext_in->asym.iss >= 0
|
&& ext_in->asym.iss < hdr->issExtMax)
|
&& ext_in->asym.iss < hdr->issExtMax)
|
fdr_to_pst[ext_in->ifd].n_globals++;
|
fdr_to_pst[ext_in->ifd].n_globals++;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Pass 1.5 over files: partition out global symbol space */
|
/* Pass 1.5 over files: partition out global symbol space */
|
s_idx = 0;
|
s_idx = 0;
|
for (f_idx = -1; f_idx < hdr->ifdMax; f_idx++)
|
for (f_idx = -1; f_idx < hdr->ifdMax; f_idx++)
|
{
|
{
|
fdr_to_pst[f_idx].globals_offset = s_idx;
|
fdr_to_pst[f_idx].globals_offset = s_idx;
|
s_idx += fdr_to_pst[f_idx].n_globals;
|
s_idx += fdr_to_pst[f_idx].n_globals;
|
fdr_to_pst[f_idx].n_globals = 0;
|
fdr_to_pst[f_idx].n_globals = 0;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* ECOFF in ELF:
|
/* ECOFF in ELF:
|
|
|
For ECOFF in ELF, we skip the creation of the minimal symbols.
|
For ECOFF in ELF, we skip the creation of the minimal symbols.
|
The ECOFF symbols should be a subset of the Elf symbols, and the
|
The ECOFF symbols should be a subset of the Elf symbols, and the
|
section information of the elf symbols will be more accurate.
|
section information of the elf symbols will be more accurate.
|
FIXME! What about Irix 5's native linker?
|
FIXME! What about Irix 5's native linker?
|
|
|
By default, Elf sections which don't exist in ECOFF
|
By default, Elf sections which don't exist in ECOFF
|
get put in ECOFF's absolute section by the gnu linker.
|
get put in ECOFF's absolute section by the gnu linker.
|
Since absolute sections don't get relocated, we
|
Since absolute sections don't get relocated, we
|
end up calculating an address different from that of
|
end up calculating an address different from that of
|
the symbol's minimal symbol (created earlier from the
|
the symbol's minimal symbol (created earlier from the
|
Elf symtab).
|
Elf symtab).
|
|
|
To fix this, either :
|
To fix this, either :
|
1) don't create the duplicate symbol
|
1) don't create the duplicate symbol
|
(assumes ECOFF symtab is a subset of the ELF symtab;
|
(assumes ECOFF symtab is a subset of the ELF symtab;
|
assumes no side-effects result from ignoring ECOFF symbol)
|
assumes no side-effects result from ignoring ECOFF symbol)
|
2) create it, only if lookup for existing symbol in ELF's minimal
|
2) create it, only if lookup for existing symbol in ELF's minimal
|
symbols fails
|
symbols fails
|
(inefficient;
|
(inefficient;
|
assumes no side-effects result from ignoring ECOFF symbol)
|
assumes no side-effects result from ignoring ECOFF symbol)
|
3) create it, but lookup ELF's minimal symbol and use it's section
|
3) create it, but lookup ELF's minimal symbol and use it's section
|
during relocation, then modify "uniqify" phase to merge and
|
during relocation, then modify "uniqify" phase to merge and
|
eliminate the duplicate symbol
|
eliminate the duplicate symbol
|
(highly inefficient)
|
(highly inefficient)
|
|
|
I've implemented #1 here...
|
I've implemented #1 here...
|
Skip the creation of the minimal symbols based on the ECOFF
|
Skip the creation of the minimal symbols based on the ECOFF
|
symbol table. */
|
symbol table. */
|
|
|
/* Pass 2 over external syms: fill in external symbols */
|
/* Pass 2 over external syms: fill in external symbols */
|
ext_in = ext_block;
|
ext_in = ext_block;
|
ext_in_end = ext_in + hdr->iextMax;
|
ext_in_end = ext_in + hdr->iextMax;
|
for (; ext_in < ext_in_end; ext_in++)
|
for (; ext_in < ext_in_end; ext_in++)
|
{
|
{
|
enum minimal_symbol_type ms_type = mst_text;
|
enum minimal_symbol_type ms_type = mst_text;
|
CORE_ADDR svalue = ext_in->asym.value;
|
CORE_ADDR svalue = ext_in->asym.value;
|
|
|
/* The Irix 5 native tools seem to sometimes generate bogus
|
/* The Irix 5 native tools seem to sometimes generate bogus
|
external symbols. */
|
external symbols. */
|
if (ext_in->ifd < -1 || ext_in->ifd >= hdr->ifdMax)
|
if (ext_in->ifd < -1 || ext_in->ifd >= hdr->ifdMax)
|
{
|
{
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints,
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints,
|
_("bad ifd for external symbol: %d (max %ld)"), ext_in->ifd,
|
_("bad ifd for external symbol: %d (max %ld)"), ext_in->ifd,
|
hdr->ifdMax);
|
hdr->ifdMax);
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
}
|
}
|
if (ext_in->asym.iss < 0 || ext_in->asym.iss >= hdr->issExtMax)
|
if (ext_in->asym.iss < 0 || ext_in->asym.iss >= hdr->issExtMax)
|
{
|
{
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints,
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints,
|
_("bad iss for external symbol: %ld (max %ld)"),
|
_("bad iss for external symbol: %ld (max %ld)"),
|
ext_in->asym.iss, hdr->issExtMax);
|
ext_in->asym.iss, hdr->issExtMax);
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
extern_tab[fdr_to_pst[ext_in->ifd].globals_offset
|
extern_tab[fdr_to_pst[ext_in->ifd].globals_offset
|
+ fdr_to_pst[ext_in->ifd].n_globals++] = *ext_in;
|
+ fdr_to_pst[ext_in->ifd].n_globals++] = *ext_in;
|
|
|
|
|
if (SC_IS_UNDEF (ext_in->asym.sc) || ext_in->asym.sc == scNil)
|
if (SC_IS_UNDEF (ext_in->asym.sc) || ext_in->asym.sc == scNil)
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
/* Pass 3 over files, over local syms: fill in static symbols */
|
/* Pass 3 over files, over local syms: fill in static symbols */
|
name = debug_info->ssext + ext_in->asym.iss;
|
name = debug_info->ssext + ext_in->asym.iss;
|
|
|
/* Process ECOFF Symbol Types and Storage Classes */
|
/* Process ECOFF Symbol Types and Storage Classes */
|
switch (ext_in->asym.st)
|
switch (ext_in->asym.st)
|
{
|
{
|
case stProc:
|
case stProc:
|
/* Beginnning of Procedure */
|
/* Beginnning of Procedure */
|
svalue += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
|
svalue += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
|
break;
|
break;
|
case stStaticProc:
|
case stStaticProc:
|
/* Load time only static procs */
|
/* Load time only static procs */
|
ms_type = mst_file_text;
|
ms_type = mst_file_text;
|
svalue += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
|
svalue += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
|
break;
|
break;
|
case stGlobal:
|
case stGlobal:
|
/* External symbol */
|
/* External symbol */
|
if (SC_IS_COMMON (ext_in->asym.sc))
|
if (SC_IS_COMMON (ext_in->asym.sc))
|
{
|
{
|
/* The value of a common symbol is its size, not its address.
|
/* The value of a common symbol is its size, not its address.
|
Ignore it. */
|
Ignore it. */
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
}
|
}
|
else if (SC_IS_DATA (ext_in->asym.sc))
|
else if (SC_IS_DATA (ext_in->asym.sc))
|
{
|
{
|
ms_type = mst_data;
|
ms_type = mst_data;
|
svalue += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile));
|
svalue += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile));
|
}
|
}
|
else if (SC_IS_BSS (ext_in->asym.sc))
|
else if (SC_IS_BSS (ext_in->asym.sc))
|
{
|
{
|
ms_type = mst_bss;
|
ms_type = mst_bss;
|
svalue += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_BSS (objfile));
|
svalue += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_BSS (objfile));
|
}
|
}
|
else if (SC_IS_SBSS (ext_in->asym.sc))
|
else if (SC_IS_SBSS (ext_in->asym.sc))
|
{
|
{
|
ms_type = mst_bss;
|
ms_type = mst_bss;
|
svalue += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets,
|
svalue += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets,
|
get_section_index (objfile, ".sbss"));
|
get_section_index (objfile, ".sbss"));
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
ms_type = mst_abs;
|
ms_type = mst_abs;
|
break;
|
break;
|
case stLabel:
|
case stLabel:
|
/* Label */
|
/* Label */
|
|
|
/* On certain platforms, some extra label symbols can be
|
/* On certain platforms, some extra label symbols can be
|
generated by the linker. One possible usage for this kind
|
generated by the linker. One possible usage for this kind
|
of symbols is to represent the address of the begining of a
|
of symbols is to represent the address of the begining of a
|
given section. For instance, on Tru64 5.1, the address of
|
given section. For instance, on Tru64 5.1, the address of
|
the _ftext label is the start address of the .text section.
|
the _ftext label is the start address of the .text section.
|
|
|
The storage class of these symbols is usually directly
|
The storage class of these symbols is usually directly
|
related to the section to which the symbol refers. For
|
related to the section to which the symbol refers. For
|
instance, on Tru64 5.1, the storage class for the _fdata
|
instance, on Tru64 5.1, the storage class for the _fdata
|
label is scData, refering to the .data section.
|
label is scData, refering to the .data section.
|
|
|
It is actually possible that the section associated to the
|
It is actually possible that the section associated to the
|
storage class of the label does not exist. On True64 5.1
|
storage class of the label does not exist. On True64 5.1
|
for instance, the libm.so shared library does not contain
|
for instance, the libm.so shared library does not contain
|
any .data section, although it contains a _fpdata label
|
any .data section, although it contains a _fpdata label
|
which storage class is scData... Since these symbols are
|
which storage class is scData... Since these symbols are
|
usually useless for the debugger user anyway, we just
|
usually useless for the debugger user anyway, we just
|
discard these symbols.
|
discard these symbols.
|
*/
|
*/
|
|
|
if (SC_IS_TEXT (ext_in->asym.sc))
|
if (SC_IS_TEXT (ext_in->asym.sc))
|
{
|
{
|
if (objfile->sect_index_text == -1)
|
if (objfile->sect_index_text == -1)
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
|
|
ms_type = mst_file_text;
|
ms_type = mst_file_text;
|
svalue += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
|
svalue += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
|
}
|
}
|
else if (SC_IS_DATA (ext_in->asym.sc))
|
else if (SC_IS_DATA (ext_in->asym.sc))
|
{
|
{
|
if (objfile->sect_index_data == -1)
|
if (objfile->sect_index_data == -1)
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
|
|
ms_type = mst_file_data;
|
ms_type = mst_file_data;
|
svalue += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile));
|
svalue += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile));
|
}
|
}
|
else if (SC_IS_BSS (ext_in->asym.sc))
|
else if (SC_IS_BSS (ext_in->asym.sc))
|
{
|
{
|
if (objfile->sect_index_bss == -1)
|
if (objfile->sect_index_bss == -1)
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
|
|
ms_type = mst_file_bss;
|
ms_type = mst_file_bss;
|
svalue += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_BSS (objfile));
|
svalue += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_BSS (objfile));
|
}
|
}
|
else if (SC_IS_SBSS (ext_in->asym.sc))
|
else if (SC_IS_SBSS (ext_in->asym.sc))
|
{
|
{
|
const int sbss_sect_index = get_section_index (objfile, ".sbss");
|
const int sbss_sect_index = get_section_index (objfile, ".sbss");
|
|
|
if (sbss_sect_index == -1)
|
if (sbss_sect_index == -1)
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
|
|
ms_type = mst_file_bss;
|
ms_type = mst_file_bss;
|
svalue += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, sbss_sect_index);
|
svalue += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, sbss_sect_index);
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
ms_type = mst_abs;
|
ms_type = mst_abs;
|
break;
|
break;
|
case stLocal:
|
case stLocal:
|
case stNil:
|
case stNil:
|
/* The alpha has the section start addresses in stLocal symbols
|
/* The alpha has the section start addresses in stLocal symbols
|
whose name starts with a `.'. Skip those but complain for all
|
whose name starts with a `.'. Skip those but complain for all
|
other stLocal symbols.
|
other stLocal symbols.
|
Irix6 puts the section start addresses in stNil symbols, skip
|
Irix6 puts the section start addresses in stNil symbols, skip
|
those too. */
|
those too. */
|
if (name[0] == '.')
|
if (name[0] == '.')
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
/* Fall through. */
|
/* Fall through. */
|
default:
|
default:
|
ms_type = mst_unknown;
|
ms_type = mst_unknown;
|
unknown_ext_complaint (name);
|
unknown_ext_complaint (name);
|
}
|
}
|
if (!ECOFF_IN_ELF (cur_bfd))
|
if (!ECOFF_IN_ELF (cur_bfd))
|
record_minimal_symbol (name, svalue, ms_type, ext_in->asym.sc,
|
record_minimal_symbol (name, svalue, ms_type, ext_in->asym.sc,
|
objfile);
|
objfile);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Pass 3 over files, over local syms: fill in static symbols */
|
/* Pass 3 over files, over local syms: fill in static symbols */
|
for (f_idx = 0; f_idx < hdr->ifdMax; f_idx++)
|
for (f_idx = 0; f_idx < hdr->ifdMax; f_idx++)
|
{
|
{
|
struct partial_symtab *save_pst;
|
struct partial_symtab *save_pst;
|
EXTR *ext_ptr;
|
EXTR *ext_ptr;
|
CORE_ADDR textlow;
|
CORE_ADDR textlow;
|
|
|
cur_fdr = fh = debug_info->fdr + f_idx;
|
cur_fdr = fh = debug_info->fdr + f_idx;
|
|
|
if (fh->csym == 0)
|
if (fh->csym == 0)
|
{
|
{
|
fdr_to_pst[f_idx].pst = NULL;
|
fdr_to_pst[f_idx].pst = NULL;
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Determine the start address for this object file from the
|
/* Determine the start address for this object file from the
|
file header and relocate it, except for Irix 5.2 zero fh->adr. */
|
file header and relocate it, except for Irix 5.2 zero fh->adr. */
|
if (fh->cpd)
|
if (fh->cpd)
|
{
|
{
|
textlow = fh->adr;
|
textlow = fh->adr;
|
if (relocatable || textlow != 0)
|
if (relocatable || textlow != 0)
|
textlow += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
|
textlow += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
textlow = 0;
|
textlow = 0;
|
pst = start_psymtab_common (objfile, objfile->section_offsets,
|
pst = start_psymtab_common (objfile, objfile->section_offsets,
|
fdr_name (fh),
|
fdr_name (fh),
|
textlow,
|
textlow,
|
objfile->global_psymbols.next,
|
objfile->global_psymbols.next,
|
objfile->static_psymbols.next);
|
objfile->static_psymbols.next);
|
pst->read_symtab_private = ((char *)
|
pst->read_symtab_private = ((char *)
|
obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
|
obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
|
sizeof (struct symloc)));
|
sizeof (struct symloc)));
|
memset (pst->read_symtab_private, 0, sizeof (struct symloc));
|
memset (pst->read_symtab_private, 0, sizeof (struct symloc));
|
|
|
save_pst = pst;
|
save_pst = pst;
|
FDR_IDX (pst) = f_idx;
|
FDR_IDX (pst) = f_idx;
|
CUR_BFD (pst) = cur_bfd;
|
CUR_BFD (pst) = cur_bfd;
|
DEBUG_SWAP (pst) = debug_swap;
|
DEBUG_SWAP (pst) = debug_swap;
|
DEBUG_INFO (pst) = debug_info;
|
DEBUG_INFO (pst) = debug_info;
|
PENDING_LIST (pst) = pending_list;
|
PENDING_LIST (pst) = pending_list;
|
|
|
/* The way to turn this into a symtab is to call... */
|
/* The way to turn this into a symtab is to call... */
|
pst->read_symtab = mdebug_psymtab_to_symtab;
|
pst->read_symtab = mdebug_psymtab_to_symtab;
|
|
|
/* Set up language for the pst.
|
/* Set up language for the pst.
|
The language from the FDR is used if it is unambigious (e.g. cfront
|
The language from the FDR is used if it is unambigious (e.g. cfront
|
with native cc and g++ will set the language to C).
|
with native cc and g++ will set the language to C).
|
Otherwise we have to deduce the language from the filename.
|
Otherwise we have to deduce the language from the filename.
|
Native ecoff has every header file in a separate FDR, so
|
Native ecoff has every header file in a separate FDR, so
|
deduce_language_from_filename will return language_unknown for
|
deduce_language_from_filename will return language_unknown for
|
a header file, which is not what we want.
|
a header file, which is not what we want.
|
But the FDRs for the header files are after the FDR for the source
|
But the FDRs for the header files are after the FDR for the source
|
file, so we can assign the language of the source file to the
|
file, so we can assign the language of the source file to the
|
following header files. Then we save the language in the private
|
following header files. Then we save the language in the private
|
pst data so that we can reuse it when building symtabs. */
|
pst data so that we can reuse it when building symtabs. */
|
prev_language = psymtab_language;
|
prev_language = psymtab_language;
|
|
|
switch (fh->lang)
|
switch (fh->lang)
|
{
|
{
|
case langCplusplusV2:
|
case langCplusplusV2:
|
psymtab_language = language_cplus;
|
psymtab_language = language_cplus;
|
break;
|
break;
|
default:
|
default:
|
psymtab_language = deduce_language_from_filename (fdr_name (fh));
|
psymtab_language = deduce_language_from_filename (fdr_name (fh));
|
break;
|
break;
|
}
|
}
|
if (psymtab_language == language_unknown)
|
if (psymtab_language == language_unknown)
|
psymtab_language = prev_language;
|
psymtab_language = prev_language;
|
PST_PRIVATE (pst)->pst_language = psymtab_language;
|
PST_PRIVATE (pst)->pst_language = psymtab_language;
|
|
|
pst->texthigh = pst->textlow;
|
pst->texthigh = pst->textlow;
|
|
|
/* For stabs-in-ecoff files, the second symbol must be @stab.
|
/* For stabs-in-ecoff files, the second symbol must be @stab.
|
This symbol is emitted by mips-tfile to signal that the
|
This symbol is emitted by mips-tfile to signal that the
|
current object file uses encapsulated stabs instead of mips
|
current object file uses encapsulated stabs instead of mips
|
ecoff for local symbols. (It is the second symbol because
|
ecoff for local symbols. (It is the second symbol because
|
the first symbol is the stFile used to signal the start of a
|
the first symbol is the stFile used to signal the start of a
|
file). */
|
file). */
|
processing_gcc_compilation = 0;
|
processing_gcc_compilation = 0;
|
if (fh->csym >= 2)
|
if (fh->csym >= 2)
|
{
|
{
|
(*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd,
|
(*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd,
|
((char *) debug_info->external_sym
|
((char *) debug_info->external_sym
|
+ (fh->isymBase + 1) * external_sym_size),
|
+ (fh->isymBase + 1) * external_sym_size),
|
&sh);
|
&sh);
|
if (strcmp (debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss,
|
if (strcmp (debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss,
|
stabs_symbol) == 0)
|
stabs_symbol) == 0)
|
processing_gcc_compilation = 2;
|
processing_gcc_compilation = 2;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
if (processing_gcc_compilation != 0)
|
if (processing_gcc_compilation != 0)
|
{
|
{
|
for (cur_sdx = 2; cur_sdx < fh->csym; cur_sdx++)
|
for (cur_sdx = 2; cur_sdx < fh->csym; cur_sdx++)
|
{
|
{
|
int type_code;
|
int type_code;
|
char *namestring;
|
char *namestring;
|
|
|
(*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd,
|
(*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd,
|
(((char *) debug_info->external_sym)
|
(((char *) debug_info->external_sym)
|
+ (fh->isymBase + cur_sdx) * external_sym_size),
|
+ (fh->isymBase + cur_sdx) * external_sym_size),
|
&sh);
|
&sh);
|
type_code = ECOFF_UNMARK_STAB (sh.index);
|
type_code = ECOFF_UNMARK_STAB (sh.index);
|
if (!ECOFF_IS_STAB (&sh))
|
if (!ECOFF_IS_STAB (&sh))
|
{
|
{
|
if (sh.st == stProc || sh.st == stStaticProc)
|
if (sh.st == stProc || sh.st == stStaticProc)
|
{
|
{
|
CORE_ADDR procaddr;
|
CORE_ADDR procaddr;
|
long isym;
|
long isym;
|
|
|
sh.value += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
|
sh.value += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
|
if (sh.st == stStaticProc)
|
if (sh.st == stStaticProc)
|
{
|
{
|
namestring = debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss;
|
namestring = debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss;
|
record_minimal_symbol (namestring, sh.value,
|
record_minimal_symbol (namestring, sh.value,
|
mst_file_text, sh.sc,
|
mst_file_text, sh.sc,
|
objfile);
|
objfile);
|
}
|
}
|
procaddr = sh.value;
|
procaddr = sh.value;
|
|
|
isym = AUX_GET_ISYM (fh->fBigendian,
|
isym = AUX_GET_ISYM (fh->fBigendian,
|
(debug_info->external_aux
|
(debug_info->external_aux
|
+ fh->iauxBase
|
+ fh->iauxBase
|
+ sh.index));
|
+ sh.index));
|
(*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd,
|
(*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd,
|
((char *) debug_info->external_sym
|
((char *) debug_info->external_sym
|
+ ((fh->isymBase + isym - 1)
|
+ ((fh->isymBase + isym - 1)
|
* external_sym_size)),
|
* external_sym_size)),
|
&sh);
|
&sh);
|
if (sh.st == stEnd)
|
if (sh.st == stEnd)
|
{
|
{
|
CORE_ADDR high = procaddr + sh.value;
|
CORE_ADDR high = procaddr + sh.value;
|
|
|
/* Kludge for Irix 5.2 zero fh->adr. */
|
/* Kludge for Irix 5.2 zero fh->adr. */
|
if (!relocatable
|
if (!relocatable
|
&& (pst->textlow == 0 || procaddr < pst->textlow))
|
&& (pst->textlow == 0 || procaddr < pst->textlow))
|
pst->textlow = procaddr;
|
pst->textlow = procaddr;
|
if (high > pst->texthigh)
|
if (high > pst->texthigh)
|
pst->texthigh = high;
|
pst->texthigh = high;
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
else if (sh.st == stStatic)
|
else if (sh.st == stStatic)
|
{
|
{
|
switch (sh.sc)
|
switch (sh.sc)
|
{
|
{
|
case scUndefined:
|
case scUndefined:
|
case scSUndefined:
|
case scSUndefined:
|
case scNil:
|
case scNil:
|
case scAbs:
|
case scAbs:
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case scData:
|
case scData:
|
case scSData:
|
case scSData:
|
case scRData:
|
case scRData:
|
case scPData:
|
case scPData:
|
case scXData:
|
case scXData:
|
namestring = debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss;
|
namestring = debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss;
|
sh.value += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile));
|
sh.value += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile));
|
record_minimal_symbol (namestring, sh.value,
|
record_minimal_symbol (namestring, sh.value,
|
mst_file_data, sh.sc,
|
mst_file_data, sh.sc,
|
objfile);
|
objfile);
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
default:
|
default:
|
/* FIXME! Shouldn't this use cases for bss,
|
/* FIXME! Shouldn't this use cases for bss,
|
then have the default be abs? */
|
then have the default be abs? */
|
namestring = debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss;
|
namestring = debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss;
|
sh.value += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_BSS (objfile));
|
sh.value += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_BSS (objfile));
|
record_minimal_symbol (namestring, sh.value,
|
record_minimal_symbol (namestring, sh.value,
|
mst_file_bss, sh.sc,
|
mst_file_bss, sh.sc,
|
objfile);
|
objfile);
|
break;
|
break;
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
}
|
}
|
/* Handle stabs continuation */
|
/* Handle stabs continuation */
|
{
|
{
|
char *stabstring = debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss;
|
char *stabstring = debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss;
|
int len = strlen (stabstring);
|
int len = strlen (stabstring);
|
while (stabstring[len - 1] == '\\')
|
while (stabstring[len - 1] == '\\')
|
{
|
{
|
SYMR sh2;
|
SYMR sh2;
|
char *stabstring1 = stabstring;
|
char *stabstring1 = stabstring;
|
char *stabstring2;
|
char *stabstring2;
|
int len2;
|
int len2;
|
|
|
/* Ignore continuation char from 1st string */
|
/* Ignore continuation char from 1st string */
|
len--;
|
len--;
|
|
|
/* Read next stabstring */
|
/* Read next stabstring */
|
cur_sdx++;
|
cur_sdx++;
|
(*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd,
|
(*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd,
|
(((char *) debug_info->external_sym)
|
(((char *) debug_info->external_sym)
|
+ (fh->isymBase + cur_sdx)
|
+ (fh->isymBase + cur_sdx)
|
* external_sym_size),
|
* external_sym_size),
|
&sh2);
|
&sh2);
|
stabstring2 = debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh2.iss;
|
stabstring2 = debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh2.iss;
|
len2 = strlen (stabstring2);
|
len2 = strlen (stabstring2);
|
|
|
/* Concatinate stabstring2 with stabstring1 */
|
/* Concatinate stabstring2 with stabstring1 */
|
if (stabstring
|
if (stabstring
|
&& stabstring != debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss)
|
&& stabstring != debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss)
|
stabstring = xrealloc (stabstring, len + len2 + 1);
|
stabstring = xrealloc (stabstring, len + len2 + 1);
|
else
|
else
|
{
|
{
|
stabstring = xmalloc (len + len2 + 1);
|
stabstring = xmalloc (len + len2 + 1);
|
strcpy (stabstring, stabstring1);
|
strcpy (stabstring, stabstring1);
|
}
|
}
|
strcpy (stabstring + len, stabstring2);
|
strcpy (stabstring + len, stabstring2);
|
len += len2;
|
len += len2;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
switch (type_code)
|
switch (type_code)
|
{
|
{
|
char *p;
|
char *p;
|
/*
|
/*
|
* Standard, external, non-debugger, symbols
|
* Standard, external, non-debugger, symbols
|
*/
|
*/
|
|
|
case N_TEXT | N_EXT:
|
case N_TEXT | N_EXT:
|
case N_NBTEXT | N_EXT:
|
case N_NBTEXT | N_EXT:
|
sh.value += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
|
sh.value += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
|
goto record_it;
|
goto record_it;
|
|
|
case N_DATA | N_EXT:
|
case N_DATA | N_EXT:
|
case N_NBDATA | N_EXT:
|
case N_NBDATA | N_EXT:
|
sh.value += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile));
|
sh.value += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile));
|
goto record_it;
|
goto record_it;
|
|
|
case N_BSS:
|
case N_BSS:
|
case N_BSS | N_EXT:
|
case N_BSS | N_EXT:
|
case N_NBBSS | N_EXT:
|
case N_NBBSS | N_EXT:
|
case N_SETV | N_EXT: /* FIXME, is this in BSS? */
|
case N_SETV | N_EXT: /* FIXME, is this in BSS? */
|
sh.value += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_BSS (objfile));
|
sh.value += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_BSS (objfile));
|
goto record_it;
|
goto record_it;
|
|
|
case N_ABS | N_EXT:
|
case N_ABS | N_EXT:
|
record_it:
|
record_it:
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
|
|
/* Standard, local, non-debugger, symbols */
|
/* Standard, local, non-debugger, symbols */
|
|
|
case N_NBTEXT:
|
case N_NBTEXT:
|
|
|
/* We need to be able to deal with both N_FN or N_TEXT,
|
/* We need to be able to deal with both N_FN or N_TEXT,
|
because we have no way of knowing whether the sys-supplied ld
|
because we have no way of knowing whether the sys-supplied ld
|
or GNU ld was used to make the executable. Sequents throw
|
or GNU ld was used to make the executable. Sequents throw
|
in another wrinkle -- they renumbered N_FN. */
|
in another wrinkle -- they renumbered N_FN. */
|
|
|
case N_FN:
|
case N_FN:
|
case N_FN_SEQ:
|
case N_FN_SEQ:
|
case N_TEXT:
|
case N_TEXT:
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
|
|
case N_DATA:
|
case N_DATA:
|
sh.value += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile));
|
sh.value += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile));
|
goto record_it;
|
goto record_it;
|
|
|
case N_UNDF | N_EXT:
|
case N_UNDF | N_EXT:
|
continue; /* Just undefined, not COMMON */
|
continue; /* Just undefined, not COMMON */
|
|
|
case N_UNDF:
|
case N_UNDF:
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
|
|
/* Lots of symbol types we can just ignore. */
|
/* Lots of symbol types we can just ignore. */
|
|
|
case N_ABS:
|
case N_ABS:
|
case N_NBDATA:
|
case N_NBDATA:
|
case N_NBBSS:
|
case N_NBBSS:
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
|
|
/* Keep going . . . */
|
/* Keep going . . . */
|
|
|
/*
|
/*
|
* Special symbol types for GNU
|
* Special symbol types for GNU
|
*/
|
*/
|
case N_INDR:
|
case N_INDR:
|
case N_INDR | N_EXT:
|
case N_INDR | N_EXT:
|
case N_SETA:
|
case N_SETA:
|
case N_SETA | N_EXT:
|
case N_SETA | N_EXT:
|
case N_SETT:
|
case N_SETT:
|
case N_SETT | N_EXT:
|
case N_SETT | N_EXT:
|
case N_SETD:
|
case N_SETD:
|
case N_SETD | N_EXT:
|
case N_SETD | N_EXT:
|
case N_SETB:
|
case N_SETB:
|
case N_SETB | N_EXT:
|
case N_SETB | N_EXT:
|
case N_SETV:
|
case N_SETV:
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
|
|
/*
|
/*
|
* Debugger symbols
|
* Debugger symbols
|
*/
|
*/
|
|
|
case N_SO:
|
case N_SO:
|
{
|
{
|
CORE_ADDR valu;
|
CORE_ADDR valu;
|
static int prev_so_symnum = -10;
|
static int prev_so_symnum = -10;
|
static int first_so_symnum;
|
static int first_so_symnum;
|
char *p;
|
char *p;
|
int prev_textlow_not_set;
|
int prev_textlow_not_set;
|
|
|
valu = sh.value + ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
|
valu = sh.value + ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
|
|
|
prev_textlow_not_set = textlow_not_set;
|
prev_textlow_not_set = textlow_not_set;
|
|
|
/* A zero value is probably an indication for the SunPRO 3.0
|
/* A zero value is probably an indication for the SunPRO 3.0
|
compiler. end_psymtab explicitly tests for zero, so
|
compiler. end_psymtab explicitly tests for zero, so
|
don't relocate it. */
|
don't relocate it. */
|
|
|
if (sh.value == 0
|
if (sh.value == 0
|
&& gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing (gdbarch))
|
&& gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing (gdbarch))
|
{
|
{
|
textlow_not_set = 1;
|
textlow_not_set = 1;
|
valu = 0;
|
valu = 0;
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
textlow_not_set = 0;
|
textlow_not_set = 0;
|
|
|
past_first_source_file = 1;
|
past_first_source_file = 1;
|
|
|
if (prev_so_symnum != symnum - 1)
|
if (prev_so_symnum != symnum - 1)
|
{ /* Here if prev stab wasn't N_SO */
|
{ /* Here if prev stab wasn't N_SO */
|
first_so_symnum = symnum;
|
first_so_symnum = symnum;
|
|
|
if (pst)
|
if (pst)
|
{
|
{
|
pst = (struct partial_symtab *) 0;
|
pst = (struct partial_symtab *) 0;
|
includes_used = 0;
|
includes_used = 0;
|
dependencies_used = 0;
|
dependencies_used = 0;
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
prev_so_symnum = symnum;
|
prev_so_symnum = symnum;
|
|
|
/* End the current partial symtab and start a new one */
|
/* End the current partial symtab and start a new one */
|
|
|
/* SET_NAMESTRING ();*/
|
/* SET_NAMESTRING ();*/
|
namestring = stabstring;
|
namestring = stabstring;
|
|
|
/* Null name means end of .o file. Don't start a new one. */
|
/* Null name means end of .o file. Don't start a new one. */
|
if (*namestring == '\000')
|
if (*namestring == '\000')
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
|
|
/* Some compilers (including gcc) emit a pair of initial N_SOs.
|
/* Some compilers (including gcc) emit a pair of initial N_SOs.
|
The first one is a directory name; the second the file name.
|
The first one is a directory name; the second the file name.
|
If pst exists, is empty, and has a filename ending in '/',
|
If pst exists, is empty, and has a filename ending in '/',
|
we assume the previous N_SO was a directory name. */
|
we assume the previous N_SO was a directory name. */
|
|
|
p = strrchr (namestring, '/');
|
p = strrchr (namestring, '/');
|
if (p && *(p + 1) == '\000')
|
if (p && *(p + 1) == '\000')
|
continue; /* Simply ignore directory name SOs */
|
continue; /* Simply ignore directory name SOs */
|
|
|
/* Some other compilers (C++ ones in particular) emit useless
|
/* Some other compilers (C++ ones in particular) emit useless
|
SOs for non-existant .c files. We ignore all subsequent SOs that
|
SOs for non-existant .c files. We ignore all subsequent SOs that
|
immediately follow the first. */
|
immediately follow the first. */
|
|
|
if (!pst)
|
if (!pst)
|
pst = save_pst;
|
pst = save_pst;
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
case N_BINCL:
|
case N_BINCL:
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
|
|
case N_SOL:
|
case N_SOL:
|
{
|
{
|
enum language tmp_language;
|
enum language tmp_language;
|
/* Mark down an include file in the current psymtab */
|
/* Mark down an include file in the current psymtab */
|
|
|
/* SET_NAMESTRING ();*/
|
/* SET_NAMESTRING ();*/
|
namestring = stabstring;
|
namestring = stabstring;
|
|
|
tmp_language = deduce_language_from_filename (namestring);
|
tmp_language = deduce_language_from_filename (namestring);
|
|
|
/* Only change the psymtab's language if we've learned
|
/* Only change the psymtab's language if we've learned
|
something useful (eg. tmp_language is not language_unknown).
|
something useful (eg. tmp_language is not language_unknown).
|
In addition, to match what start_subfile does, never change
|
In addition, to match what start_subfile does, never change
|
from C++ to C. */
|
from C++ to C. */
|
if (tmp_language != language_unknown
|
if (tmp_language != language_unknown
|
&& (tmp_language != language_c
|
&& (tmp_language != language_c
|
|| psymtab_language != language_cplus))
|
|| psymtab_language != language_cplus))
|
psymtab_language = tmp_language;
|
psymtab_language = tmp_language;
|
|
|
/* In C++, one may expect the same filename to come round many
|
/* In C++, one may expect the same filename to come round many
|
times, when code is coming alternately from the main file
|
times, when code is coming alternately from the main file
|
and from inline functions in other files. So I check to see
|
and from inline functions in other files. So I check to see
|
if this is a file we've seen before -- either the main
|
if this is a file we've seen before -- either the main
|
source file, or a previously included file.
|
source file, or a previously included file.
|
|
|
This seems to be a lot of time to be spending on N_SOL, but
|
This seems to be a lot of time to be spending on N_SOL, but
|
things like "break c-exp.y:435" need to work (I
|
things like "break c-exp.y:435" need to work (I
|
suppose the psymtab_include_list could be hashed or put
|
suppose the psymtab_include_list could be hashed or put
|
in a binary tree, if profiling shows this is a major hog). */
|
in a binary tree, if profiling shows this is a major hog). */
|
if (pst && strcmp (namestring, pst->filename) == 0)
|
if (pst && strcmp (namestring, pst->filename) == 0)
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
{
|
{
|
int i;
|
int i;
|
for (i = 0; i < includes_used; i++)
|
for (i = 0; i < includes_used; i++)
|
if (strcmp (namestring,
|
if (strcmp (namestring,
|
psymtab_include_list[i]) == 0)
|
psymtab_include_list[i]) == 0)
|
{
|
{
|
i = -1;
|
i = -1;
|
break;
|
break;
|
}
|
}
|
if (i == -1)
|
if (i == -1)
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
psymtab_include_list[includes_used++] = namestring;
|
psymtab_include_list[includes_used++] = namestring;
|
if (includes_used >= includes_allocated)
|
if (includes_used >= includes_allocated)
|
{
|
{
|
char **orig = psymtab_include_list;
|
char **orig = psymtab_include_list;
|
|
|
psymtab_include_list = (char **)
|
psymtab_include_list = (char **)
|
alloca ((includes_allocated *= 2) *
|
alloca ((includes_allocated *= 2) *
|
sizeof (char *));
|
sizeof (char *));
|
memcpy (psymtab_include_list, orig,
|
memcpy (psymtab_include_list, orig,
|
includes_used * sizeof (char *));
|
includes_used * sizeof (char *));
|
}
|
}
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
}
|
}
|
case N_LSYM: /* Typedef or automatic variable. */
|
case N_LSYM: /* Typedef or automatic variable. */
|
case N_STSYM: /* Data seg var -- static */
|
case N_STSYM: /* Data seg var -- static */
|
case N_LCSYM: /* BSS " */
|
case N_LCSYM: /* BSS " */
|
case N_ROSYM: /* Read-only data seg var -- static. */
|
case N_ROSYM: /* Read-only data seg var -- static. */
|
case N_NBSTS: /* Gould nobase. */
|
case N_NBSTS: /* Gould nobase. */
|
case N_NBLCS: /* symbols. */
|
case N_NBLCS: /* symbols. */
|
case N_FUN:
|
case N_FUN:
|
case N_GSYM: /* Global (extern) variable; can be
|
case N_GSYM: /* Global (extern) variable; can be
|
data or bss (sigh FIXME). */
|
data or bss (sigh FIXME). */
|
|
|
/* Following may probably be ignored; I'll leave them here
|
/* Following may probably be ignored; I'll leave them here
|
for now (until I do Pascal and Modula 2 extensions). */
|
for now (until I do Pascal and Modula 2 extensions). */
|
|
|
case N_PC: /* I may or may not need this; I
|
case N_PC: /* I may or may not need this; I
|
suspect not. */
|
suspect not. */
|
case N_M2C: /* I suspect that I can ignore this here. */
|
case N_M2C: /* I suspect that I can ignore this here. */
|
case N_SCOPE: /* Same. */
|
case N_SCOPE: /* Same. */
|
|
|
/* SET_NAMESTRING ();*/
|
/* SET_NAMESTRING ();*/
|
namestring = stabstring;
|
namestring = stabstring;
|
p = (char *) strchr (namestring, ':');
|
p = (char *) strchr (namestring, ':');
|
if (!p)
|
if (!p)
|
continue; /* Not a debugging symbol. */
|
continue; /* Not a debugging symbol. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Main processing section for debugging symbols which
|
/* Main processing section for debugging symbols which
|
the initial read through the symbol tables needs to worry
|
the initial read through the symbol tables needs to worry
|
about. If we reach this point, the symbol which we are
|
about. If we reach this point, the symbol which we are
|
considering is definitely one we are interested in.
|
considering is definitely one we are interested in.
|
p must also contain the (valid) index into the namestring
|
p must also contain the (valid) index into the namestring
|
which indicates the debugging type symbol. */
|
which indicates the debugging type symbol. */
|
|
|
switch (p[1])
|
switch (p[1])
|
{
|
{
|
case 'S':
|
case 'S':
|
sh.value += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile));
|
sh.value += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile));
|
|
|
if (gdbarch_static_transform_name_p (gdbarch))
|
if (gdbarch_static_transform_name_p (gdbarch))
|
namestring = gdbarch_static_transform_name
|
namestring = gdbarch_static_transform_name
|
(gdbarch, namestring);
|
(gdbarch, namestring);
|
|
|
add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, p - namestring, 1,
|
add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, p - namestring, 1,
|
VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_STATIC,
|
VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_STATIC,
|
&objfile->static_psymbols,
|
&objfile->static_psymbols,
|
0, sh.value,
|
0, sh.value,
|
psymtab_language, objfile);
|
psymtab_language, objfile);
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
case 'G':
|
case 'G':
|
sh.value += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile));
|
sh.value += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile));
|
/* The addresses in these entries are reported to be
|
/* The addresses in these entries are reported to be
|
wrong. See the code that reads 'G's for symtabs. */
|
wrong. See the code that reads 'G's for symtabs. */
|
add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, p - namestring, 1,
|
add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, p - namestring, 1,
|
VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_STATIC,
|
VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_STATIC,
|
&objfile->global_psymbols,
|
&objfile->global_psymbols,
|
0, sh.value,
|
0, sh.value,
|
psymtab_language, objfile);
|
psymtab_language, objfile);
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
|
|
case 'T':
|
case 'T':
|
/* When a 'T' entry is defining an anonymous enum, it
|
/* When a 'T' entry is defining an anonymous enum, it
|
may have a name which is the empty string, or a
|
may have a name which is the empty string, or a
|
single space. Since they're not really defining a
|
single space. Since they're not really defining a
|
symbol, those shouldn't go in the partial symbol
|
symbol, those shouldn't go in the partial symbol
|
table. We do pick up the elements of such enums at
|
table. We do pick up the elements of such enums at
|
'check_enum:', below. */
|
'check_enum:', below. */
|
if (p >= namestring + 2
|
if (p >= namestring + 2
|
|| (p == namestring + 1
|
|| (p == namestring + 1
|
&& namestring[0] != ' '))
|
&& namestring[0] != ' '))
|
{
|
{
|
add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, p - namestring, 1,
|
add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, p - namestring, 1,
|
STRUCT_DOMAIN, LOC_TYPEDEF,
|
STRUCT_DOMAIN, LOC_TYPEDEF,
|
&objfile->static_psymbols,
|
&objfile->static_psymbols,
|
sh.value, 0,
|
sh.value, 0,
|
psymtab_language, objfile);
|
psymtab_language, objfile);
|
if (p[2] == 't')
|
if (p[2] == 't')
|
{
|
{
|
/* Also a typedef with the same name. */
|
/* Also a typedef with the same name. */
|
add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, p - namestring,
|
add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, p - namestring,
|
1,
|
1,
|
VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_TYPEDEF,
|
VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_TYPEDEF,
|
&objfile->static_psymbols,
|
&objfile->static_psymbols,
|
sh.value, 0,
|
sh.value, 0,
|
psymtab_language, objfile);
|
psymtab_language, objfile);
|
p += 1;
|
p += 1;
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
goto check_enum;
|
goto check_enum;
|
case 't':
|
case 't':
|
if (p != namestring) /* a name is there, not just :T... */
|
if (p != namestring) /* a name is there, not just :T... */
|
{
|
{
|
add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, p - namestring, 1,
|
add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, p - namestring, 1,
|
VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_TYPEDEF,
|
VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_TYPEDEF,
|
&objfile->static_psymbols,
|
&objfile->static_psymbols,
|
sh.value, 0,
|
sh.value, 0,
|
psymtab_language, objfile);
|
psymtab_language, objfile);
|
}
|
}
|
check_enum:
|
check_enum:
|
/* If this is an enumerated type, we need to
|
/* If this is an enumerated type, we need to
|
add all the enum constants to the partial symbol
|
add all the enum constants to the partial symbol
|
table. This does not cover enums without names, e.g.
|
table. This does not cover enums without names, e.g.
|
"enum {a, b} c;" in C, but fortunately those are
|
"enum {a, b} c;" in C, but fortunately those are
|
rare. There is no way for GDB to find those from the
|
rare. There is no way for GDB to find those from the
|
enum type without spending too much time on it. Thus
|
enum type without spending too much time on it. Thus
|
to solve this problem, the compiler needs to put out the
|
to solve this problem, the compiler needs to put out the
|
enum in a nameless type. GCC2 does this. */
|
enum in a nameless type. GCC2 does this. */
|
|
|
/* We are looking for something of the form
|
/* We are looking for something of the form
|
<name> ":" ("t" | "T") [<number> "="] "e"
|
<name> ":" ("t" | "T") [<number> "="] "e"
|
{<constant> ":" <value> ","} ";". */
|
{<constant> ":" <value> ","} ";". */
|
|
|
/* Skip over the colon and the 't' or 'T'. */
|
/* Skip over the colon and the 't' or 'T'. */
|
p += 2;
|
p += 2;
|
/* This type may be given a number. Also, numbers can come
|
/* This type may be given a number. Also, numbers can come
|
in pairs like (0,26). Skip over it. */
|
in pairs like (0,26). Skip over it. */
|
while ((*p >= '0' && *p <= '9')
|
while ((*p >= '0' && *p <= '9')
|
|| *p == '(' || *p == ',' || *p == ')'
|
|| *p == '(' || *p == ',' || *p == ')'
|
|| *p == '=')
|
|| *p == '=')
|
p++;
|
p++;
|
|
|
if (*p++ == 'e')
|
if (*p++ == 'e')
|
{
|
{
|
/* The aix4 compiler emits extra crud before the members. */
|
/* The aix4 compiler emits extra crud before the members. */
|
if (*p == '-')
|
if (*p == '-')
|
{
|
{
|
/* Skip over the type (?). */
|
/* Skip over the type (?). */
|
while (*p != ':')
|
while (*p != ':')
|
p++;
|
p++;
|
|
|
/* Skip over the colon. */
|
/* Skip over the colon. */
|
p++;
|
p++;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* We have found an enumerated type. */
|
/* We have found an enumerated type. */
|
/* According to comments in read_enum_type
|
/* According to comments in read_enum_type
|
a comma could end it instead of a semicolon.
|
a comma could end it instead of a semicolon.
|
I don't know where that happens.
|
I don't know where that happens.
|
Accept either. */
|
Accept either. */
|
while (*p && *p != ';' && *p != ',')
|
while (*p && *p != ';' && *p != ',')
|
{
|
{
|
char *q;
|
char *q;
|
|
|
/* Check for and handle cretinous dbx symbol name
|
/* Check for and handle cretinous dbx symbol name
|
continuation! */
|
continuation! */
|
if (*p == '\\' || (*p == '?' && p[1] == '\0'))
|
if (*p == '\\' || (*p == '?' && p[1] == '\0'))
|
p = next_symbol_text (objfile);
|
p = next_symbol_text (objfile);
|
|
|
/* Point to the character after the name
|
/* Point to the character after the name
|
of the enum constant. */
|
of the enum constant. */
|
for (q = p; *q && *q != ':'; q++)
|
for (q = p; *q && *q != ':'; q++)
|
;
|
;
|
/* Note that the value doesn't matter for
|
/* Note that the value doesn't matter for
|
enum constants in psymtabs, just in symtabs. */
|
enum constants in psymtabs, just in symtabs. */
|
add_psymbol_to_list (p, q - p, 1,
|
add_psymbol_to_list (p, q - p, 1,
|
VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_CONST,
|
VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_CONST,
|
&objfile->static_psymbols, 0,
|
&objfile->static_psymbols, 0,
|
0, psymtab_language, objfile);
|
0, psymtab_language, objfile);
|
/* Point past the name. */
|
/* Point past the name. */
|
p = q;
|
p = q;
|
/* Skip over the value. */
|
/* Skip over the value. */
|
while (*p && *p != ',')
|
while (*p && *p != ',')
|
p++;
|
p++;
|
/* Advance past the comma. */
|
/* Advance past the comma. */
|
if (*p)
|
if (*p)
|
p++;
|
p++;
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
case 'c':
|
case 'c':
|
/* Constant, e.g. from "const" in Pascal. */
|
/* Constant, e.g. from "const" in Pascal. */
|
add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, p - namestring, 1,
|
add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, p - namestring, 1,
|
VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_CONST,
|
VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_CONST,
|
&objfile->static_psymbols, sh.value,
|
&objfile->static_psymbols, sh.value,
|
0, psymtab_language, objfile);
|
0, psymtab_language, objfile);
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
|
|
case 'f':
|
case 'f':
|
if (! pst)
|
if (! pst)
|
{
|
{
|
int name_len = p - namestring;
|
int name_len = p - namestring;
|
char *name = xmalloc (name_len + 1);
|
char *name = xmalloc (name_len + 1);
|
memcpy (name, namestring, name_len);
|
memcpy (name, namestring, name_len);
|
name[name_len] = '\0';
|
name[name_len] = '\0';
|
function_outside_compilation_unit_complaint (name);
|
function_outside_compilation_unit_complaint (name);
|
xfree (name);
|
xfree (name);
|
}
|
}
|
sh.value += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
|
sh.value += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
|
add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, p - namestring, 1,
|
add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, p - namestring, 1,
|
VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_BLOCK,
|
VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_BLOCK,
|
&objfile->static_psymbols,
|
&objfile->static_psymbols,
|
0, sh.value,
|
0, sh.value,
|
psymtab_language, objfile);
|
psymtab_language, objfile);
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
|
|
/* Global functions were ignored here, but now they
|
/* Global functions were ignored here, but now they
|
are put into the global psymtab like one would expect.
|
are put into the global psymtab like one would expect.
|
They're also in the minimal symbol table. */
|
They're also in the minimal symbol table. */
|
case 'F':
|
case 'F':
|
if (! pst)
|
if (! pst)
|
{
|
{
|
int name_len = p - namestring;
|
int name_len = p - namestring;
|
char *name = xmalloc (name_len + 1);
|
char *name = xmalloc (name_len + 1);
|
memcpy (name, namestring, name_len);
|
memcpy (name, namestring, name_len);
|
name[name_len] = '\0';
|
name[name_len] = '\0';
|
function_outside_compilation_unit_complaint (name);
|
function_outside_compilation_unit_complaint (name);
|
xfree (name);
|
xfree (name);
|
}
|
}
|
sh.value += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
|
sh.value += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
|
add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, p - namestring, 1,
|
add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, p - namestring, 1,
|
VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_BLOCK,
|
VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_BLOCK,
|
&objfile->global_psymbols,
|
&objfile->global_psymbols,
|
0, sh.value,
|
0, sh.value,
|
psymtab_language, objfile);
|
psymtab_language, objfile);
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
|
|
/* Two things show up here (hopefully); static symbols of
|
/* Two things show up here (hopefully); static symbols of
|
local scope (static used inside braces) or extensions
|
local scope (static used inside braces) or extensions
|
of structure symbols. We can ignore both. */
|
of structure symbols. We can ignore both. */
|
case 'V':
|
case 'V':
|
case '(':
|
case '(':
|
case '0':
|
case '0':
|
case '1':
|
case '1':
|
case '2':
|
case '2':
|
case '3':
|
case '3':
|
case '4':
|
case '4':
|
case '5':
|
case '5':
|
case '6':
|
case '6':
|
case '7':
|
case '7':
|
case '8':
|
case '8':
|
case '9':
|
case '9':
|
case '-':
|
case '-':
|
case '#': /* for symbol identification (used in live ranges) */
|
case '#': /* for symbol identification (used in live ranges) */
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
|
|
case ':':
|
case ':':
|
/* It is a C++ nested symbol. We don't need to record it
|
/* It is a C++ nested symbol. We don't need to record it
|
(I don't think); if we try to look up foo::bar::baz,
|
(I don't think); if we try to look up foo::bar::baz,
|
then symbols for the symtab containing foo should get
|
then symbols for the symtab containing foo should get
|
read in, I think. */
|
read in, I think. */
|
/* Someone says sun cc puts out symbols like
|
/* Someone says sun cc puts out symbols like
|
/foo/baz/maclib::/usr/local/bin/maclib,
|
/foo/baz/maclib::/usr/local/bin/maclib,
|
which would get here with a symbol type of ':'. */
|
which would get here with a symbol type of ':'. */
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
|
|
default:
|
default:
|
/* Unexpected symbol descriptor. The second and subsequent stabs
|
/* Unexpected symbol descriptor. The second and subsequent stabs
|
of a continued stab can show up here. The question is
|
of a continued stab can show up here. The question is
|
whether they ever can mimic a normal stab--it would be
|
whether they ever can mimic a normal stab--it would be
|
nice if not, since we certainly don't want to spend the
|
nice if not, since we certainly don't want to spend the
|
time searching to the end of every string looking for
|
time searching to the end of every string looking for
|
a backslash. */
|
a backslash. */
|
|
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints,
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints,
|
_("unknown symbol descriptor `%c'"), p[1]);
|
_("unknown symbol descriptor `%c'"), p[1]);
|
|
|
/* Ignore it; perhaps it is an extension that we don't
|
/* Ignore it; perhaps it is an extension that we don't
|
know about. */
|
know about. */
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
case N_EXCL:
|
case N_EXCL:
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
|
|
case N_ENDM:
|
case N_ENDM:
|
/* Solaris 2 end of module, finish current partial
|
/* Solaris 2 end of module, finish current partial
|
symbol table. END_PSYMTAB will set
|
symbol table. END_PSYMTAB will set
|
pst->texthigh to the proper value, which is
|
pst->texthigh to the proper value, which is
|
necessary if a module compiled without
|
necessary if a module compiled without
|
debugging info follows this module. */
|
debugging info follows this module. */
|
if (pst
|
if (pst
|
&& gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing (gdbarch))
|
&& gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing (gdbarch))
|
{
|
{
|
pst = (struct partial_symtab *) 0;
|
pst = (struct partial_symtab *) 0;
|
includes_used = 0;
|
includes_used = 0;
|
dependencies_used = 0;
|
dependencies_used = 0;
|
}
|
}
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
|
|
case N_RBRAC:
|
case N_RBRAC:
|
if (sh.value > save_pst->texthigh)
|
if (sh.value > save_pst->texthigh)
|
save_pst->texthigh = sh.value;
|
save_pst->texthigh = sh.value;
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
case N_EINCL:
|
case N_EINCL:
|
case N_DSLINE:
|
case N_DSLINE:
|
case N_BSLINE:
|
case N_BSLINE:
|
case N_SSYM: /* Claim: Structure or union element.
|
case N_SSYM: /* Claim: Structure or union element.
|
Hopefully, I can ignore this. */
|
Hopefully, I can ignore this. */
|
case N_ENTRY: /* Alternate entry point; can ignore. */
|
case N_ENTRY: /* Alternate entry point; can ignore. */
|
case N_MAIN: /* Can definitely ignore this. */
|
case N_MAIN: /* Can definitely ignore this. */
|
case N_CATCH: /* These are GNU C++ extensions */
|
case N_CATCH: /* These are GNU C++ extensions */
|
case N_EHDECL: /* that can safely be ignored here. */
|
case N_EHDECL: /* that can safely be ignored here. */
|
case N_LENG:
|
case N_LENG:
|
case N_BCOMM:
|
case N_BCOMM:
|
case N_ECOMM:
|
case N_ECOMM:
|
case N_ECOML:
|
case N_ECOML:
|
case N_FNAME:
|
case N_FNAME:
|
case N_SLINE:
|
case N_SLINE:
|
case N_RSYM:
|
case N_RSYM:
|
case N_PSYM:
|
case N_PSYM:
|
case N_LBRAC:
|
case N_LBRAC:
|
case N_NSYMS: /* Ultrix 4.0: symbol count */
|
case N_NSYMS: /* Ultrix 4.0: symbol count */
|
case N_DEFD: /* GNU Modula-2 */
|
case N_DEFD: /* GNU Modula-2 */
|
case N_ALIAS: /* SunPro F77: alias name, ignore for now. */
|
case N_ALIAS: /* SunPro F77: alias name, ignore for now. */
|
|
|
case N_OBJ: /* useless types from Solaris */
|
case N_OBJ: /* useless types from Solaris */
|
case N_OPT:
|
case N_OPT:
|
/* These symbols aren't interesting; don't worry about them */
|
/* These symbols aren't interesting; don't worry about them */
|
|
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
|
|
default:
|
default:
|
/* If we haven't found it yet, ignore it. It's probably some
|
/* If we haven't found it yet, ignore it. It's probably some
|
new type we don't know about yet. */
|
new type we don't know about yet. */
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints, _("unknown symbol type %s"),
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints, _("unknown symbol type %s"),
|
hex_string (type_code)); /*CUR_SYMBOL_TYPE*/
|
hex_string (type_code)); /*CUR_SYMBOL_TYPE*/
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
}
|
}
|
if (stabstring
|
if (stabstring
|
&& stabstring != debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss)
|
&& stabstring != debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss)
|
xfree (stabstring);
|
xfree (stabstring);
|
}
|
}
|
/* end - Handle continuation */
|
/* end - Handle continuation */
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
{
|
{
|
for (cur_sdx = 0; cur_sdx < fh->csym;)
|
for (cur_sdx = 0; cur_sdx < fh->csym;)
|
{
|
{
|
char *name;
|
char *name;
|
enum address_class class;
|
enum address_class class;
|
|
|
(*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd,
|
(*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd,
|
((char *) debug_info->external_sym
|
((char *) debug_info->external_sym
|
+ ((fh->isymBase + cur_sdx)
|
+ ((fh->isymBase + cur_sdx)
|
* external_sym_size)),
|
* external_sym_size)),
|
&sh);
|
&sh);
|
|
|
if (ECOFF_IS_STAB (&sh))
|
if (ECOFF_IS_STAB (&sh))
|
{
|
{
|
cur_sdx++;
|
cur_sdx++;
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Non absolute static symbols go into the minimal table. */
|
/* Non absolute static symbols go into the minimal table. */
|
if (SC_IS_UNDEF (sh.sc) || sh.sc == scNil
|
if (SC_IS_UNDEF (sh.sc) || sh.sc == scNil
|
|| (sh.index == indexNil
|
|| (sh.index == indexNil
|
&& (sh.st != stStatic || sh.sc == scAbs)))
|
&& (sh.st != stStatic || sh.sc == scAbs)))
|
{
|
{
|
/* FIXME, premature? */
|
/* FIXME, premature? */
|
cur_sdx++;
|
cur_sdx++;
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
name = debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss;
|
name = debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss;
|
|
|
switch (sh.sc)
|
switch (sh.sc)
|
{
|
{
|
case scText:
|
case scText:
|
case scRConst:
|
case scRConst:
|
/* The value of a stEnd symbol is the displacement from the
|
/* The value of a stEnd symbol is the displacement from the
|
corresponding start symbol value, do not relocate it. */
|
corresponding start symbol value, do not relocate it. */
|
if (sh.st != stEnd)
|
if (sh.st != stEnd)
|
sh.value += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
|
sh.value += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
|
break;
|
break;
|
case scData:
|
case scData:
|
case scSData:
|
case scSData:
|
case scRData:
|
case scRData:
|
case scPData:
|
case scPData:
|
case scXData:
|
case scXData:
|
sh.value += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile));
|
sh.value += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile));
|
break;
|
break;
|
case scBss:
|
case scBss:
|
case scSBss:
|
case scSBss:
|
sh.value += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_BSS (objfile));
|
sh.value += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_BSS (objfile));
|
break;
|
break;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
switch (sh.st)
|
switch (sh.st)
|
{
|
{
|
CORE_ADDR high;
|
CORE_ADDR high;
|
CORE_ADDR procaddr;
|
CORE_ADDR procaddr;
|
int new_sdx;
|
int new_sdx;
|
|
|
case stStaticProc:
|
case stStaticProc:
|
prim_record_minimal_symbol_and_info (name, sh.value,
|
prim_record_minimal_symbol_and_info (name, sh.value,
|
mst_file_text,
|
mst_file_text,
|
SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile), NULL,
|
SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile), NULL,
|
objfile);
|
objfile);
|
|
|
/* FALLTHROUGH */
|
/* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
case stProc:
|
case stProc:
|
/* Ignore all parameter symbol records. */
|
/* Ignore all parameter symbol records. */
|
if (sh.index >= hdr->iauxMax)
|
if (sh.index >= hdr->iauxMax)
|
{
|
{
|
/* Should not happen, but does when cross-compiling
|
/* Should not happen, but does when cross-compiling
|
with the MIPS compiler. FIXME -- pull later. */
|
with the MIPS compiler. FIXME -- pull later. */
|
index_complaint (name);
|
index_complaint (name);
|
new_sdx = cur_sdx + 1; /* Don't skip at all */
|
new_sdx = cur_sdx + 1; /* Don't skip at all */
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
new_sdx = AUX_GET_ISYM (fh->fBigendian,
|
new_sdx = AUX_GET_ISYM (fh->fBigendian,
|
(debug_info->external_aux
|
(debug_info->external_aux
|
+ fh->iauxBase
|
+ fh->iauxBase
|
+ sh.index));
|
+ sh.index));
|
|
|
if (new_sdx <= cur_sdx)
|
if (new_sdx <= cur_sdx)
|
{
|
{
|
/* This should not happen either... FIXME. */
|
/* This should not happen either... FIXME. */
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints,
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints,
|
_("bad proc end in aux found from symbol %s"),
|
_("bad proc end in aux found from symbol %s"),
|
name);
|
name);
|
new_sdx = cur_sdx + 1; /* Don't skip backward */
|
new_sdx = cur_sdx + 1; /* Don't skip backward */
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* For stProc symbol records, we need to check the
|
/* For stProc symbol records, we need to check the
|
storage class as well, as only (stProc, scText)
|
storage class as well, as only (stProc, scText)
|
entries represent "real" procedures - See the
|
entries represent "real" procedures - See the
|
Compaq document titled "Object File / Symbol Table
|
Compaq document titled "Object File / Symbol Table
|
Format Specification" for more information. If the
|
Format Specification" for more information. If the
|
storage class is not scText, we discard the whole
|
storage class is not scText, we discard the whole
|
block of symbol records for this stProc. */
|
block of symbol records for this stProc. */
|
if (sh.st == stProc && sh.sc != scText)
|
if (sh.st == stProc && sh.sc != scText)
|
goto skip;
|
goto skip;
|
|
|
/* Usually there is a local and a global stProc symbol
|
/* Usually there is a local and a global stProc symbol
|
for a function. This means that the function name
|
for a function. This means that the function name
|
has already been entered into the mimimal symbol table
|
has already been entered into the mimimal symbol table
|
while processing the global symbols in pass 2 above.
|
while processing the global symbols in pass 2 above.
|
One notable exception is the PROGRAM name from
|
One notable exception is the PROGRAM name from
|
f77 compiled executables, it is only put out as
|
f77 compiled executables, it is only put out as
|
local stProc symbol, and a global MAIN__ stProc symbol
|
local stProc symbol, and a global MAIN__ stProc symbol
|
points to it. It doesn't matter though, as gdb is
|
points to it. It doesn't matter though, as gdb is
|
still able to find the PROGRAM name via the partial
|
still able to find the PROGRAM name via the partial
|
symbol table, and the MAIN__ symbol via the minimal
|
symbol table, and the MAIN__ symbol via the minimal
|
symbol table. */
|
symbol table. */
|
if (sh.st == stProc)
|
if (sh.st == stProc)
|
add_psymbol_to_list (name, strlen (name), 1,
|
add_psymbol_to_list (name, strlen (name), 1,
|
VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_BLOCK,
|
VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_BLOCK,
|
&objfile->global_psymbols,
|
&objfile->global_psymbols,
|
0, sh.value, psymtab_language, objfile);
|
0, sh.value, psymtab_language, objfile);
|
else
|
else
|
add_psymbol_to_list (name, strlen (name), 1,
|
add_psymbol_to_list (name, strlen (name), 1,
|
VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_BLOCK,
|
VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_BLOCK,
|
&objfile->static_psymbols,
|
&objfile->static_psymbols,
|
0, sh.value, psymtab_language, objfile);
|
0, sh.value, psymtab_language, objfile);
|
|
|
procaddr = sh.value;
|
procaddr = sh.value;
|
|
|
cur_sdx = new_sdx;
|
cur_sdx = new_sdx;
|
(*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd,
|
(*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd,
|
((char *) debug_info->external_sym
|
((char *) debug_info->external_sym
|
+ ((fh->isymBase + cur_sdx - 1)
|
+ ((fh->isymBase + cur_sdx - 1)
|
* external_sym_size)),
|
* external_sym_size)),
|
&sh);
|
&sh);
|
if (sh.st != stEnd)
|
if (sh.st != stEnd)
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
|
|
/* Kludge for Irix 5.2 zero fh->adr. */
|
/* Kludge for Irix 5.2 zero fh->adr. */
|
if (!relocatable
|
if (!relocatable
|
&& (pst->textlow == 0 || procaddr < pst->textlow))
|
&& (pst->textlow == 0 || procaddr < pst->textlow))
|
pst->textlow = procaddr;
|
pst->textlow = procaddr;
|
|
|
high = procaddr + sh.value;
|
high = procaddr + sh.value;
|
if (high > pst->texthigh)
|
if (high > pst->texthigh)
|
pst->texthigh = high;
|
pst->texthigh = high;
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
|
|
case stStatic: /* Variable */
|
case stStatic: /* Variable */
|
if (SC_IS_DATA (sh.sc))
|
if (SC_IS_DATA (sh.sc))
|
prim_record_minimal_symbol_and_info (name, sh.value,
|
prim_record_minimal_symbol_and_info (name, sh.value,
|
mst_file_data,
|
mst_file_data,
|
SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile),
|
SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile),
|
NULL,
|
NULL,
|
objfile);
|
objfile);
|
else
|
else
|
prim_record_minimal_symbol_and_info (name, sh.value,
|
prim_record_minimal_symbol_and_info (name, sh.value,
|
mst_file_bss,
|
mst_file_bss,
|
SECT_OFF_BSS (objfile),
|
SECT_OFF_BSS (objfile),
|
NULL,
|
NULL,
|
objfile);
|
objfile);
|
class = LOC_STATIC;
|
class = LOC_STATIC;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case stIndirect: /* Irix5 forward declaration */
|
case stIndirect: /* Irix5 forward declaration */
|
/* Skip forward declarations from Irix5 cc */
|
/* Skip forward declarations from Irix5 cc */
|
goto skip;
|
goto skip;
|
|
|
case stTypedef: /* Typedef */
|
case stTypedef: /* Typedef */
|
/* Skip typedefs for forward declarations and opaque
|
/* Skip typedefs for forward declarations and opaque
|
structs from alpha and mips cc. */
|
structs from alpha and mips cc. */
|
if (sh.iss == 0 || has_opaque_xref (fh, &sh))
|
if (sh.iss == 0 || has_opaque_xref (fh, &sh))
|
goto skip;
|
goto skip;
|
class = LOC_TYPEDEF;
|
class = LOC_TYPEDEF;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case stConstant: /* Constant decl */
|
case stConstant: /* Constant decl */
|
class = LOC_CONST;
|
class = LOC_CONST;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case stUnion:
|
case stUnion:
|
case stStruct:
|
case stStruct:
|
case stEnum:
|
case stEnum:
|
case stBlock: /* { }, str, un, enum */
|
case stBlock: /* { }, str, un, enum */
|
/* Do not create a partial symbol for cc unnamed aggregates
|
/* Do not create a partial symbol for cc unnamed aggregates
|
and gcc empty aggregates. */
|
and gcc empty aggregates. */
|
if ((sh.sc == scInfo
|
if ((sh.sc == scInfo
|
|| SC_IS_COMMON (sh.sc))
|
|| SC_IS_COMMON (sh.sc))
|
&& sh.iss != 0
|
&& sh.iss != 0
|
&& sh.index != cur_sdx + 2)
|
&& sh.index != cur_sdx + 2)
|
{
|
{
|
add_psymbol_to_list (name, strlen (name), 1,
|
add_psymbol_to_list (name, strlen (name), 1,
|
STRUCT_DOMAIN, LOC_TYPEDEF,
|
STRUCT_DOMAIN, LOC_TYPEDEF,
|
&objfile->static_psymbols,
|
&objfile->static_psymbols,
|
0, (CORE_ADDR) 0,
|
0, (CORE_ADDR) 0,
|
psymtab_language, objfile);
|
psymtab_language, objfile);
|
}
|
}
|
handle_psymbol_enumerators (objfile, fh, sh.st, sh.value);
|
handle_psymbol_enumerators (objfile, fh, sh.st, sh.value);
|
|
|
/* Skip over the block */
|
/* Skip over the block */
|
new_sdx = sh.index;
|
new_sdx = sh.index;
|
if (new_sdx <= cur_sdx)
|
if (new_sdx <= cur_sdx)
|
{
|
{
|
/* This happens with the Ultrix kernel. */
|
/* This happens with the Ultrix kernel. */
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints,
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints,
|
_("bad aux index at block symbol %s"), name);
|
_("bad aux index at block symbol %s"), name);
|
new_sdx = cur_sdx + 1; /* Don't skip backward */
|
new_sdx = cur_sdx + 1; /* Don't skip backward */
|
}
|
}
|
cur_sdx = new_sdx;
|
cur_sdx = new_sdx;
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
|
|
case stFile: /* File headers */
|
case stFile: /* File headers */
|
case stLabel: /* Labels */
|
case stLabel: /* Labels */
|
case stEnd: /* Ends of files */
|
case stEnd: /* Ends of files */
|
goto skip;
|
goto skip;
|
|
|
case stLocal: /* Local variables */
|
case stLocal: /* Local variables */
|
/* Normally these are skipped because we skip over
|
/* Normally these are skipped because we skip over
|
all blocks we see. However, these can occur
|
all blocks we see. However, these can occur
|
as visible symbols in a .h file that contains code. */
|
as visible symbols in a .h file that contains code. */
|
goto skip;
|
goto skip;
|
|
|
default:
|
default:
|
/* Both complaints are valid: one gives symbol name,
|
/* Both complaints are valid: one gives symbol name,
|
the other the offending symbol type. */
|
the other the offending symbol type. */
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints, _("unknown local symbol %s"),
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints, _("unknown local symbol %s"),
|
name);
|
name);
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints, _("with type %d"), sh.st);
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints, _("with type %d"), sh.st);
|
cur_sdx++;
|
cur_sdx++;
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
}
|
}
|
/* Use this gdb symbol */
|
/* Use this gdb symbol */
|
add_psymbol_to_list (name, strlen (name), 1,
|
add_psymbol_to_list (name, strlen (name), 1,
|
VAR_DOMAIN, class,
|
VAR_DOMAIN, class,
|
&objfile->static_psymbols,
|
&objfile->static_psymbols,
|
0, sh.value, psymtab_language, objfile);
|
0, sh.value, psymtab_language, objfile);
|
skip:
|
skip:
|
cur_sdx++; /* Go to next file symbol */
|
cur_sdx++; /* Go to next file symbol */
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Now do enter the external symbols. */
|
/* Now do enter the external symbols. */
|
ext_ptr = &extern_tab[fdr_to_pst[f_idx].globals_offset];
|
ext_ptr = &extern_tab[fdr_to_pst[f_idx].globals_offset];
|
cur_sdx = fdr_to_pst[f_idx].n_globals;
|
cur_sdx = fdr_to_pst[f_idx].n_globals;
|
PST_PRIVATE (save_pst)->extern_count = cur_sdx;
|
PST_PRIVATE (save_pst)->extern_count = cur_sdx;
|
PST_PRIVATE (save_pst)->extern_tab = ext_ptr;
|
PST_PRIVATE (save_pst)->extern_tab = ext_ptr;
|
for (; --cur_sdx >= 0; ext_ptr++)
|
for (; --cur_sdx >= 0; ext_ptr++)
|
{
|
{
|
enum address_class class;
|
enum address_class class;
|
SYMR *psh;
|
SYMR *psh;
|
char *name;
|
char *name;
|
CORE_ADDR svalue;
|
CORE_ADDR svalue;
|
|
|
if (ext_ptr->ifd != f_idx)
|
if (ext_ptr->ifd != f_idx)
|
internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("failed internal consistency check"));
|
internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("failed internal consistency check"));
|
psh = &ext_ptr->asym;
|
psh = &ext_ptr->asym;
|
|
|
/* Do not add undefined symbols to the partial symbol table. */
|
/* Do not add undefined symbols to the partial symbol table. */
|
if (SC_IS_UNDEF (psh->sc) || psh->sc == scNil)
|
if (SC_IS_UNDEF (psh->sc) || psh->sc == scNil)
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
|
|
svalue = psh->value;
|
svalue = psh->value;
|
switch (psh->sc)
|
switch (psh->sc)
|
{
|
{
|
case scText:
|
case scText:
|
case scRConst:
|
case scRConst:
|
svalue += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
|
svalue += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
|
break;
|
break;
|
case scData:
|
case scData:
|
case scSData:
|
case scSData:
|
case scRData:
|
case scRData:
|
case scPData:
|
case scPData:
|
case scXData:
|
case scXData:
|
svalue += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile));
|
svalue += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile));
|
break;
|
break;
|
case scBss:
|
case scBss:
|
case scSBss:
|
case scSBss:
|
svalue += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_BSS (objfile));
|
svalue += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_BSS (objfile));
|
break;
|
break;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
switch (psh->st)
|
switch (psh->st)
|
{
|
{
|
case stNil:
|
case stNil:
|
/* These are generated for static symbols in .o files,
|
/* These are generated for static symbols in .o files,
|
ignore them. */
|
ignore them. */
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
case stProc:
|
case stProc:
|
case stStaticProc:
|
case stStaticProc:
|
/* External procedure symbols have been entered
|
/* External procedure symbols have been entered
|
into the minimal symbol table in pass 2 above.
|
into the minimal symbol table in pass 2 above.
|
Ignore them, as parse_external will ignore them too. */
|
Ignore them, as parse_external will ignore them too. */
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
case stLabel:
|
case stLabel:
|
class = LOC_LABEL;
|
class = LOC_LABEL;
|
break;
|
break;
|
default:
|
default:
|
unknown_ext_complaint (debug_info->ssext + psh->iss);
|
unknown_ext_complaint (debug_info->ssext + psh->iss);
|
/* Fall through, pretend it's global. */
|
/* Fall through, pretend it's global. */
|
case stGlobal:
|
case stGlobal:
|
/* Global common symbols are resolved by the runtime loader,
|
/* Global common symbols are resolved by the runtime loader,
|
ignore them. */
|
ignore them. */
|
if (SC_IS_COMMON (psh->sc))
|
if (SC_IS_COMMON (psh->sc))
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
|
|
class = LOC_STATIC;
|
class = LOC_STATIC;
|
break;
|
break;
|
}
|
}
|
name = debug_info->ssext + psh->iss;
|
name = debug_info->ssext + psh->iss;
|
add_psymbol_to_list (name, strlen (name), 1,
|
add_psymbol_to_list (name, strlen (name), 1,
|
VAR_DOMAIN, class,
|
VAR_DOMAIN, class,
|
&objfile->global_psymbols,
|
&objfile->global_psymbols,
|
0, svalue,
|
0, svalue,
|
psymtab_language, objfile);
|
psymtab_language, objfile);
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Link pst to FDR. end_psymtab returns NULL if the psymtab was
|
/* Link pst to FDR. end_psymtab returns NULL if the psymtab was
|
empty and put on the free list. */
|
empty and put on the free list. */
|
fdr_to_pst[f_idx].pst = end_psymtab (save_pst,
|
fdr_to_pst[f_idx].pst = end_psymtab (save_pst,
|
psymtab_include_list, includes_used,
|
psymtab_include_list, includes_used,
|
-1, save_pst->texthigh,
|
-1, save_pst->texthigh,
|
dependency_list, dependencies_used, textlow_not_set);
|
dependency_list, dependencies_used, textlow_not_set);
|
includes_used = 0;
|
includes_used = 0;
|
dependencies_used = 0;
|
dependencies_used = 0;
|
|
|
/* The objfile has its functions reordered if this partial symbol
|
/* The objfile has its functions reordered if this partial symbol
|
table overlaps any other partial symbol table.
|
table overlaps any other partial symbol table.
|
We cannot assume a reordered objfile if a partial symbol table
|
We cannot assume a reordered objfile if a partial symbol table
|
is contained within another partial symbol table, as partial symbol
|
is contained within another partial symbol table, as partial symbol
|
tables for include files with executable code are contained
|
tables for include files with executable code are contained
|
within the partial symbol table for the including source file,
|
within the partial symbol table for the including source file,
|
and we do not want to flag the objfile reordered for these cases.
|
and we do not want to flag the objfile reordered for these cases.
|
|
|
This strategy works well for Irix-5.2 shared libraries, but we
|
This strategy works well for Irix-5.2 shared libraries, but we
|
might have to use a more elaborate (and slower) algorithm for
|
might have to use a more elaborate (and slower) algorithm for
|
other cases. */
|
other cases. */
|
save_pst = fdr_to_pst[f_idx].pst;
|
save_pst = fdr_to_pst[f_idx].pst;
|
if (save_pst != NULL
|
if (save_pst != NULL
|
&& save_pst->textlow != 0
|
&& save_pst->textlow != 0
|
&& !(objfile->flags & OBJF_REORDERED))
|
&& !(objfile->flags & OBJF_REORDERED))
|
{
|
{
|
ALL_OBJFILE_PSYMTABS (objfile, pst)
|
ALL_OBJFILE_PSYMTABS (objfile, pst)
|
{
|
{
|
if (save_pst != pst
|
if (save_pst != pst
|
&& save_pst->textlow >= pst->textlow
|
&& save_pst->textlow >= pst->textlow
|
&& save_pst->textlow < pst->texthigh
|
&& save_pst->textlow < pst->texthigh
|
&& save_pst->texthigh > pst->texthigh)
|
&& save_pst->texthigh > pst->texthigh)
|
{
|
{
|
objfile->flags |= OBJF_REORDERED;
|
objfile->flags |= OBJF_REORDERED;
|
break;
|
break;
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Now scan the FDRs for dependencies */
|
/* Now scan the FDRs for dependencies */
|
for (f_idx = 0; f_idx < hdr->ifdMax; f_idx++)
|
for (f_idx = 0; f_idx < hdr->ifdMax; f_idx++)
|
{
|
{
|
fh = f_idx + debug_info->fdr;
|
fh = f_idx + debug_info->fdr;
|
pst = fdr_to_pst[f_idx].pst;
|
pst = fdr_to_pst[f_idx].pst;
|
|
|
if (pst == (struct partial_symtab *) NULL)
|
if (pst == (struct partial_symtab *) NULL)
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
|
|
/* This should catch stabs-in-ecoff. */
|
/* This should catch stabs-in-ecoff. */
|
if (fh->crfd <= 1)
|
if (fh->crfd <= 1)
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
|
|
/* Skip the first file indirect entry as it is a self dependency
|
/* Skip the first file indirect entry as it is a self dependency
|
for source files or a reverse .h -> .c dependency for header files. */
|
for source files or a reverse .h -> .c dependency for header files. */
|
pst->number_of_dependencies = 0;
|
pst->number_of_dependencies = 0;
|
pst->dependencies =
|
pst->dependencies =
|
((struct partial_symtab **)
|
((struct partial_symtab **)
|
obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
|
obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
|
((fh->crfd - 1)
|
((fh->crfd - 1)
|
* sizeof (struct partial_symtab *))));
|
* sizeof (struct partial_symtab *))));
|
for (s_idx = 1; s_idx < fh->crfd; s_idx++)
|
for (s_idx = 1; s_idx < fh->crfd; s_idx++)
|
{
|
{
|
RFDT rh;
|
RFDT rh;
|
|
|
(*swap_rfd_in) (cur_bfd,
|
(*swap_rfd_in) (cur_bfd,
|
((char *) debug_info->external_rfd
|
((char *) debug_info->external_rfd
|
+ (fh->rfdBase + s_idx) * external_rfd_size),
|
+ (fh->rfdBase + s_idx) * external_rfd_size),
|
&rh);
|
&rh);
|
if (rh < 0 || rh >= hdr->ifdMax)
|
if (rh < 0 || rh >= hdr->ifdMax)
|
{
|
{
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints, _("bad file number %ld"), rh);
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints, _("bad file number %ld"), rh);
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Skip self dependencies of header files. */
|
/* Skip self dependencies of header files. */
|
if (rh == f_idx)
|
if (rh == f_idx)
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
|
|
/* Do not add to dependeny list if psymtab was empty. */
|
/* Do not add to dependeny list if psymtab was empty. */
|
if (fdr_to_pst[rh].pst == (struct partial_symtab *) NULL)
|
if (fdr_to_pst[rh].pst == (struct partial_symtab *) NULL)
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
pst->dependencies[pst->number_of_dependencies++] = fdr_to_pst[rh].pst;
|
pst->dependencies[pst->number_of_dependencies++] = fdr_to_pst[rh].pst;
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Remove the dummy psymtab created for -O3 images above, if it is
|
/* Remove the dummy psymtab created for -O3 images above, if it is
|
still empty, to enable the detection of stripped executables. */
|
still empty, to enable the detection of stripped executables. */
|
if (objfile->psymtabs->next == NULL
|
if (objfile->psymtabs->next == NULL
|
&& objfile->psymtabs->number_of_dependencies == 0
|
&& objfile->psymtabs->number_of_dependencies == 0
|
&& objfile->psymtabs->n_global_syms == 0
|
&& objfile->psymtabs->n_global_syms == 0
|
&& objfile->psymtabs->n_static_syms == 0)
|
&& objfile->psymtabs->n_static_syms == 0)
|
objfile->psymtabs = NULL;
|
objfile->psymtabs = NULL;
|
do_cleanups (old_chain);
|
do_cleanups (old_chain);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* If the current psymbol has an enumerated type, we need to add
|
/* If the current psymbol has an enumerated type, we need to add
|
all the the enum constants to the partial symbol table. */
|
all the the enum constants to the partial symbol table. */
|
|
|
static void
|
static void
|
handle_psymbol_enumerators (struct objfile *objfile, FDR *fh, int stype,
|
handle_psymbol_enumerators (struct objfile *objfile, FDR *fh, int stype,
|
CORE_ADDR svalue)
|
CORE_ADDR svalue)
|
{
|
{
|
const bfd_size_type external_sym_size = debug_swap->external_sym_size;
|
const bfd_size_type external_sym_size = debug_swap->external_sym_size;
|
void (*const swap_sym_in) (bfd *, void *, SYMR *) = debug_swap->swap_sym_in;
|
void (*const swap_sym_in) (bfd *, void *, SYMR *) = debug_swap->swap_sym_in;
|
char *ext_sym = ((char *) debug_info->external_sym
|
char *ext_sym = ((char *) debug_info->external_sym
|
+ ((fh->isymBase + cur_sdx + 1) * external_sym_size));
|
+ ((fh->isymBase + cur_sdx + 1) * external_sym_size));
|
SYMR sh;
|
SYMR sh;
|
TIR tir;
|
TIR tir;
|
|
|
switch (stype)
|
switch (stype)
|
{
|
{
|
case stEnum:
|
case stEnum:
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case stBlock:
|
case stBlock:
|
/* It is an enumerated type if the next symbol entry is a stMember
|
/* It is an enumerated type if the next symbol entry is a stMember
|
and its auxiliary index is indexNil or its auxiliary entry
|
and its auxiliary index is indexNil or its auxiliary entry
|
is a plain btNil or btVoid.
|
is a plain btNil or btVoid.
|
Alpha cc -migrate enums are recognized by a zero index and
|
Alpha cc -migrate enums are recognized by a zero index and
|
a zero symbol value.
|
a zero symbol value.
|
DU 4.0 cc enums are recognized by a member type of btEnum without
|
DU 4.0 cc enums are recognized by a member type of btEnum without
|
qualifiers and a zero symbol value. */
|
qualifiers and a zero symbol value. */
|
(*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd, ext_sym, &sh);
|
(*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd, ext_sym, &sh);
|
if (sh.st != stMember)
|
if (sh.st != stMember)
|
return;
|
return;
|
|
|
if (sh.index == indexNil
|
if (sh.index == indexNil
|
|| (sh.index == 0 && svalue == 0))
|
|| (sh.index == 0 && svalue == 0))
|
break;
|
break;
|
(*debug_swap->swap_tir_in) (fh->fBigendian,
|
(*debug_swap->swap_tir_in) (fh->fBigendian,
|
&(debug_info->external_aux
|
&(debug_info->external_aux
|
+ fh->iauxBase + sh.index)->a_ti,
|
+ fh->iauxBase + sh.index)->a_ti,
|
&tir);
|
&tir);
|
if ((tir.bt != btNil
|
if ((tir.bt != btNil
|
&& tir.bt != btVoid
|
&& tir.bt != btVoid
|
&& (tir.bt != btEnum || svalue != 0))
|
&& (tir.bt != btEnum || svalue != 0))
|
|| tir.tq0 != tqNil)
|
|| tir.tq0 != tqNil)
|
return;
|
return;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
default:
|
default:
|
return;
|
return;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
for (;;)
|
for (;;)
|
{
|
{
|
char *name;
|
char *name;
|
|
|
(*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd, ext_sym, &sh);
|
(*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd, ext_sym, &sh);
|
if (sh.st != stMember)
|
if (sh.st != stMember)
|
break;
|
break;
|
name = debug_info->ss + cur_fdr->issBase + sh.iss;
|
name = debug_info->ss + cur_fdr->issBase + sh.iss;
|
|
|
/* Note that the value doesn't matter for enum constants
|
/* Note that the value doesn't matter for enum constants
|
in psymtabs, just in symtabs. */
|
in psymtabs, just in symtabs. */
|
add_psymbol_to_list (name, strlen (name), 1,
|
add_psymbol_to_list (name, strlen (name), 1,
|
VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_CONST,
|
VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_CONST,
|
&objfile->static_psymbols, 0,
|
&objfile->static_psymbols, 0,
|
(CORE_ADDR) 0, psymtab_language, objfile);
|
(CORE_ADDR) 0, psymtab_language, objfile);
|
ext_sym += external_sym_size;
|
ext_sym += external_sym_size;
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Get the next symbol. OBJFILE is unused. */
|
/* Get the next symbol. OBJFILE is unused. */
|
|
|
static char *
|
static char *
|
mdebug_next_symbol_text (struct objfile *objfile)
|
mdebug_next_symbol_text (struct objfile *objfile)
|
{
|
{
|
SYMR sh;
|
SYMR sh;
|
|
|
cur_sdx++;
|
cur_sdx++;
|
(*debug_swap->swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd,
|
(*debug_swap->swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd,
|
((char *) debug_info->external_sym
|
((char *) debug_info->external_sym
|
+ ((cur_fdr->isymBase + cur_sdx)
|
+ ((cur_fdr->isymBase + cur_sdx)
|
* debug_swap->external_sym_size)),
|
* debug_swap->external_sym_size)),
|
&sh);
|
&sh);
|
return debug_info->ss + cur_fdr->issBase + sh.iss;
|
return debug_info->ss + cur_fdr->issBase + sh.iss;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Ancillary function to psymtab_to_symtab(). Does all the work
|
/* Ancillary function to psymtab_to_symtab(). Does all the work
|
for turning the partial symtab PST into a symtab, recurring
|
for turning the partial symtab PST into a symtab, recurring
|
first on all dependent psymtabs. The argument FILENAME is
|
first on all dependent psymtabs. The argument FILENAME is
|
only passed so we can see in debug stack traces what file
|
only passed so we can see in debug stack traces what file
|
is being read.
|
is being read.
|
|
|
This function has a split personality, based on whether the
|
This function has a split personality, based on whether the
|
symbol table contains ordinary ecoff symbols, or stabs-in-ecoff.
|
symbol table contains ordinary ecoff symbols, or stabs-in-ecoff.
|
The flow of control and even the memory allocation differs. FIXME. */
|
The flow of control and even the memory allocation differs. FIXME. */
|
|
|
static void
|
static void
|
psymtab_to_symtab_1 (struct partial_symtab *pst, char *filename)
|
psymtab_to_symtab_1 (struct partial_symtab *pst, char *filename)
|
{
|
{
|
bfd_size_type external_sym_size;
|
bfd_size_type external_sym_size;
|
bfd_size_type external_pdr_size;
|
bfd_size_type external_pdr_size;
|
void (*swap_sym_in) (bfd *, void *, SYMR *);
|
void (*swap_sym_in) (bfd *, void *, SYMR *);
|
void (*swap_pdr_in) (bfd *, void *, PDR *);
|
void (*swap_pdr_in) (bfd *, void *, PDR *);
|
int i;
|
int i;
|
struct symtab *st = NULL;
|
struct symtab *st = NULL;
|
FDR *fh;
|
FDR *fh;
|
struct linetable *lines;
|
struct linetable *lines;
|
CORE_ADDR lowest_pdr_addr = 0;
|
CORE_ADDR lowest_pdr_addr = 0;
|
int last_symtab_ended = 0;
|
int last_symtab_ended = 0;
|
|
|
if (pst->readin)
|
if (pst->readin)
|
return;
|
return;
|
pst->readin = 1;
|
pst->readin = 1;
|
|
|
/* Read in all partial symbtabs on which this one is dependent.
|
/* Read in all partial symbtabs on which this one is dependent.
|
NOTE that we do have circular dependencies, sigh. We solved
|
NOTE that we do have circular dependencies, sigh. We solved
|
that by setting pst->readin before this point. */
|
that by setting pst->readin before this point. */
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < pst->number_of_dependencies; i++)
|
for (i = 0; i < pst->number_of_dependencies; i++)
|
if (!pst->dependencies[i]->readin)
|
if (!pst->dependencies[i]->readin)
|
{
|
{
|
/* Inform about additional files to be read in. */
|
/* Inform about additional files to be read in. */
|
if (info_verbose)
|
if (info_verbose)
|
{
|
{
|
fputs_filtered (" ", gdb_stdout);
|
fputs_filtered (" ", gdb_stdout);
|
wrap_here ("");
|
wrap_here ("");
|
fputs_filtered ("and ", gdb_stdout);
|
fputs_filtered ("and ", gdb_stdout);
|
wrap_here ("");
|
wrap_here ("");
|
printf_filtered ("%s...",
|
printf_filtered ("%s...",
|
pst->dependencies[i]->filename);
|
pst->dependencies[i]->filename);
|
wrap_here (""); /* Flush output */
|
wrap_here (""); /* Flush output */
|
gdb_flush (gdb_stdout);
|
gdb_flush (gdb_stdout);
|
}
|
}
|
/* We only pass the filename for debug purposes */
|
/* We only pass the filename for debug purposes */
|
psymtab_to_symtab_1 (pst->dependencies[i],
|
psymtab_to_symtab_1 (pst->dependencies[i],
|
pst->dependencies[i]->filename);
|
pst->dependencies[i]->filename);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Do nothing if this is a dummy psymtab. */
|
/* Do nothing if this is a dummy psymtab. */
|
|
|
if (pst->n_global_syms == 0 && pst->n_static_syms == 0
|
if (pst->n_global_syms == 0 && pst->n_static_syms == 0
|
&& pst->textlow == 0 && pst->texthigh == 0)
|
&& pst->textlow == 0 && pst->texthigh == 0)
|
return;
|
return;
|
|
|
/* Now read the symbols for this symtab */
|
/* Now read the symbols for this symtab */
|
|
|
cur_bfd = CUR_BFD (pst);
|
cur_bfd = CUR_BFD (pst);
|
debug_swap = DEBUG_SWAP (pst);
|
debug_swap = DEBUG_SWAP (pst);
|
debug_info = DEBUG_INFO (pst);
|
debug_info = DEBUG_INFO (pst);
|
pending_list = PENDING_LIST (pst);
|
pending_list = PENDING_LIST (pst);
|
external_sym_size = debug_swap->external_sym_size;
|
external_sym_size = debug_swap->external_sym_size;
|
external_pdr_size = debug_swap->external_pdr_size;
|
external_pdr_size = debug_swap->external_pdr_size;
|
swap_sym_in = debug_swap->swap_sym_in;
|
swap_sym_in = debug_swap->swap_sym_in;
|
swap_pdr_in = debug_swap->swap_pdr_in;
|
swap_pdr_in = debug_swap->swap_pdr_in;
|
current_objfile = pst->objfile;
|
current_objfile = pst->objfile;
|
cur_fd = FDR_IDX (pst);
|
cur_fd = FDR_IDX (pst);
|
fh = ((cur_fd == -1)
|
fh = ((cur_fd == -1)
|
? (FDR *) NULL
|
? (FDR *) NULL
|
: debug_info->fdr + cur_fd);
|
: debug_info->fdr + cur_fd);
|
cur_fdr = fh;
|
cur_fdr = fh;
|
|
|
/* See comment in parse_partial_symbols about the @stabs sentinel. */
|
/* See comment in parse_partial_symbols about the @stabs sentinel. */
|
processing_gcc_compilation = 0;
|
processing_gcc_compilation = 0;
|
if (fh != (FDR *) NULL && fh->csym >= 2)
|
if (fh != (FDR *) NULL && fh->csym >= 2)
|
{
|
{
|
SYMR sh;
|
SYMR sh;
|
|
|
(*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd,
|
(*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd,
|
((char *) debug_info->external_sym
|
((char *) debug_info->external_sym
|
+ (fh->isymBase + 1) * external_sym_size),
|
+ (fh->isymBase + 1) * external_sym_size),
|
&sh);
|
&sh);
|
if (strcmp (debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss,
|
if (strcmp (debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss,
|
stabs_symbol) == 0)
|
stabs_symbol) == 0)
|
{
|
{
|
/* We indicate that this is a GCC compilation so that certain
|
/* We indicate that this is a GCC compilation so that certain
|
features will be enabled in stabsread/dbxread. */
|
features will be enabled in stabsread/dbxread. */
|
processing_gcc_compilation = 2;
|
processing_gcc_compilation = 2;
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
if (processing_gcc_compilation != 0)
|
if (processing_gcc_compilation != 0)
|
{
|
{
|
struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (pst->objfile);
|
struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (pst->objfile);
|
|
|
/* This symbol table contains stabs-in-ecoff entries. */
|
/* This symbol table contains stabs-in-ecoff entries. */
|
|
|
/* Parse local symbols first */
|
/* Parse local symbols first */
|
|
|
if (fh->csym <= 2) /* FIXME, this blows psymtab->symtab ptr */
|
if (fh->csym <= 2) /* FIXME, this blows psymtab->symtab ptr */
|
{
|
{
|
current_objfile = NULL;
|
current_objfile = NULL;
|
return;
|
return;
|
}
|
}
|
for (cur_sdx = 2; cur_sdx < fh->csym; cur_sdx++)
|
for (cur_sdx = 2; cur_sdx < fh->csym; cur_sdx++)
|
{
|
{
|
SYMR sh;
|
SYMR sh;
|
char *name;
|
char *name;
|
CORE_ADDR valu;
|
CORE_ADDR valu;
|
|
|
(*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd,
|
(*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd,
|
(((char *) debug_info->external_sym)
|
(((char *) debug_info->external_sym)
|
+ (fh->isymBase + cur_sdx) * external_sym_size),
|
+ (fh->isymBase + cur_sdx) * external_sym_size),
|
&sh);
|
&sh);
|
name = debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss;
|
name = debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss;
|
valu = sh.value;
|
valu = sh.value;
|
/* XXX This is a hack. It will go away! */
|
/* XXX This is a hack. It will go away! */
|
if (ECOFF_IS_STAB (&sh) || (name[0] == '#'))
|
if (ECOFF_IS_STAB (&sh) || (name[0] == '#'))
|
{
|
{
|
int type_code = ECOFF_UNMARK_STAB (sh.index);
|
int type_code = ECOFF_UNMARK_STAB (sh.index);
|
|
|
/* We should never get non N_STAB symbols here, but they
|
/* We should never get non N_STAB symbols here, but they
|
should be harmless, so keep process_one_symbol from
|
should be harmless, so keep process_one_symbol from
|
complaining about them. */
|
complaining about them. */
|
if (type_code & N_STAB)
|
if (type_code & N_STAB)
|
{
|
{
|
/* If we found a trailing N_SO with no name, process
|
/* If we found a trailing N_SO with no name, process
|
it here instead of in process_one_symbol, so we
|
it here instead of in process_one_symbol, so we
|
can keep a handle to its symtab. The symtab
|
can keep a handle to its symtab. The symtab
|
would otherwise be ended twice, once in
|
would otherwise be ended twice, once in
|
process_one_symbol, and once after this loop. */
|
process_one_symbol, and once after this loop. */
|
if (type_code == N_SO
|
if (type_code == N_SO
|
&& last_source_file
|
&& last_source_file
|
&& previous_stab_code != (unsigned char) N_SO
|
&& previous_stab_code != (unsigned char) N_SO
|
&& *name == '\000')
|
&& *name == '\000')
|
{
|
{
|
valu += ANOFFSET (pst->section_offsets,
|
valu += ANOFFSET (pst->section_offsets,
|
SECT_OFF_TEXT (pst->objfile));
|
SECT_OFF_TEXT (pst->objfile));
|
previous_stab_code = N_SO;
|
previous_stab_code = N_SO;
|
st = end_symtab (valu, pst->objfile,
|
st = end_symtab (valu, pst->objfile,
|
SECT_OFF_TEXT (pst->objfile));
|
SECT_OFF_TEXT (pst->objfile));
|
end_stabs ();
|
end_stabs ();
|
last_symtab_ended = 1;
|
last_symtab_ended = 1;
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
{
|
{
|
last_symtab_ended = 0;
|
last_symtab_ended = 0;
|
process_one_symbol (type_code, 0, valu, name,
|
process_one_symbol (type_code, 0, valu, name,
|
pst->section_offsets, pst->objfile);
|
pst->section_offsets, pst->objfile);
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
/* Similarly a hack. */
|
/* Similarly a hack. */
|
else if (name[0] == '#')
|
else if (name[0] == '#')
|
{
|
{
|
process_one_symbol (N_SLINE, 0, valu, name,
|
process_one_symbol (N_SLINE, 0, valu, name,
|
pst->section_offsets, pst->objfile);
|
pst->section_offsets, pst->objfile);
|
}
|
}
|
if (type_code == N_FUN)
|
if (type_code == N_FUN)
|
{
|
{
|
/* Make up special symbol to contain
|
/* Make up special symbol to contain
|
procedure specific info */
|
procedure specific info */
|
struct mdebug_extra_func_info *e =
|
struct mdebug_extra_func_info *e =
|
((struct mdebug_extra_func_info *)
|
((struct mdebug_extra_func_info *)
|
obstack_alloc (¤t_objfile->objfile_obstack,
|
obstack_alloc (¤t_objfile->objfile_obstack,
|
sizeof (struct mdebug_extra_func_info)));
|
sizeof (struct mdebug_extra_func_info)));
|
struct symbol *s = new_symbol (MDEBUG_EFI_SYMBOL_NAME);
|
struct symbol *s = new_symbol (MDEBUG_EFI_SYMBOL_NAME);
|
|
|
memset (e, 0, sizeof (struct mdebug_extra_func_info));
|
memset (e, 0, sizeof (struct mdebug_extra_func_info));
|
SYMBOL_DOMAIN (s) = LABEL_DOMAIN;
|
SYMBOL_DOMAIN (s) = LABEL_DOMAIN;
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (s) = LOC_CONST;
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (s) = LOC_CONST;
|
SYMBOL_TYPE (s) = objfile_type (pst->objfile)->builtin_void;
|
SYMBOL_TYPE (s) = objfile_type (pst->objfile)->builtin_void;
|
SYMBOL_VALUE_BYTES (s) = (gdb_byte *) e;
|
SYMBOL_VALUE_BYTES (s) = (gdb_byte *) e;
|
e->pdr.framereg = -1;
|
e->pdr.framereg = -1;
|
add_symbol_to_list (s, &local_symbols);
|
add_symbol_to_list (s, &local_symbols);
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
else if (sh.st == stLabel)
|
else if (sh.st == stLabel)
|
{
|
{
|
if (sh.index == indexNil)
|
if (sh.index == indexNil)
|
{
|
{
|
/* This is what the gcc2_compiled and __gnu_compiled_*
|
/* This is what the gcc2_compiled and __gnu_compiled_*
|
show up as. So don't complain. */
|
show up as. So don't complain. */
|
;
|
;
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
{
|
{
|
/* Handle encoded stab line number. */
|
/* Handle encoded stab line number. */
|
valu += ANOFFSET (pst->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (pst->objfile));
|
valu += ANOFFSET (pst->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (pst->objfile));
|
record_line (current_subfile, sh.index,
|
record_line (current_subfile, sh.index,
|
gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (gdbarch, valu));
|
gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (gdbarch, valu));
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
else if (sh.st == stProc || sh.st == stStaticProc
|
else if (sh.st == stProc || sh.st == stStaticProc
|
|| sh.st == stStatic || sh.st == stEnd)
|
|| sh.st == stStatic || sh.st == stEnd)
|
/* These are generated by gcc-2.x, do not complain */
|
/* These are generated by gcc-2.x, do not complain */
|
;
|
;
|
else
|
else
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints, _("unknown stabs symbol %s"), name);
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints, _("unknown stabs symbol %s"), name);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
if (! last_symtab_ended)
|
if (! last_symtab_ended)
|
{
|
{
|
st = end_symtab (pst->texthigh, pst->objfile, SECT_OFF_TEXT (pst->objfile));
|
st = end_symtab (pst->texthigh, pst->objfile, SECT_OFF_TEXT (pst->objfile));
|
end_stabs ();
|
end_stabs ();
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* There used to be a call to sort_blocks here, but this should not
|
/* There used to be a call to sort_blocks here, but this should not
|
be necessary for stabs symtabs. And as sort_blocks modifies the
|
be necessary for stabs symtabs. And as sort_blocks modifies the
|
start address of the GLOBAL_BLOCK to the FIRST_LOCAL_BLOCK,
|
start address of the GLOBAL_BLOCK to the FIRST_LOCAL_BLOCK,
|
it did the wrong thing if the first procedure in a file was
|
it did the wrong thing if the first procedure in a file was
|
generated via asm statements. */
|
generated via asm statements. */
|
|
|
/* Fill in procedure info next. */
|
/* Fill in procedure info next. */
|
if (fh->cpd > 0)
|
if (fh->cpd > 0)
|
{
|
{
|
PDR *pr_block;
|
PDR *pr_block;
|
struct cleanup *old_chain;
|
struct cleanup *old_chain;
|
char *pdr_ptr;
|
char *pdr_ptr;
|
char *pdr_end;
|
char *pdr_end;
|
PDR *pdr_in;
|
PDR *pdr_in;
|
PDR *pdr_in_end;
|
PDR *pdr_in_end;
|
|
|
pr_block = (PDR *) xmalloc (fh->cpd * sizeof (PDR));
|
pr_block = (PDR *) xmalloc (fh->cpd * sizeof (PDR));
|
old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, pr_block);
|
old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, pr_block);
|
|
|
pdr_ptr = ((char *) debug_info->external_pdr
|
pdr_ptr = ((char *) debug_info->external_pdr
|
+ fh->ipdFirst * external_pdr_size);
|
+ fh->ipdFirst * external_pdr_size);
|
pdr_end = pdr_ptr + fh->cpd * external_pdr_size;
|
pdr_end = pdr_ptr + fh->cpd * external_pdr_size;
|
pdr_in = pr_block;
|
pdr_in = pr_block;
|
for (;
|
for (;
|
pdr_ptr < pdr_end;
|
pdr_ptr < pdr_end;
|
pdr_ptr += external_pdr_size, pdr_in++)
|
pdr_ptr += external_pdr_size, pdr_in++)
|
{
|
{
|
(*swap_pdr_in) (cur_bfd, pdr_ptr, pdr_in);
|
(*swap_pdr_in) (cur_bfd, pdr_ptr, pdr_in);
|
|
|
/* Determine lowest PDR address, the PDRs are not always
|
/* Determine lowest PDR address, the PDRs are not always
|
sorted. */
|
sorted. */
|
if (pdr_in == pr_block)
|
if (pdr_in == pr_block)
|
lowest_pdr_addr = pdr_in->adr;
|
lowest_pdr_addr = pdr_in->adr;
|
else if (pdr_in->adr < lowest_pdr_addr)
|
else if (pdr_in->adr < lowest_pdr_addr)
|
lowest_pdr_addr = pdr_in->adr;
|
lowest_pdr_addr = pdr_in->adr;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
pdr_in = pr_block;
|
pdr_in = pr_block;
|
pdr_in_end = pdr_in + fh->cpd;
|
pdr_in_end = pdr_in + fh->cpd;
|
for (; pdr_in < pdr_in_end; pdr_in++)
|
for (; pdr_in < pdr_in_end; pdr_in++)
|
parse_procedure (pdr_in, st, pst);
|
parse_procedure (pdr_in, st, pst);
|
|
|
do_cleanups (old_chain);
|
do_cleanups (old_chain);
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
{
|
{
|
/* This symbol table contains ordinary ecoff entries. */
|
/* This symbol table contains ordinary ecoff entries. */
|
|
|
int f_max;
|
int f_max;
|
int maxlines;
|
int maxlines;
|
EXTR *ext_ptr;
|
EXTR *ext_ptr;
|
|
|
if (fh == 0)
|
if (fh == 0)
|
{
|
{
|
maxlines = 0;
|
maxlines = 0;
|
st = new_symtab ("unknown", 0, pst->objfile);
|
st = new_symtab ("unknown", 0, pst->objfile);
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
{
|
{
|
maxlines = 2 * fh->cline;
|
maxlines = 2 * fh->cline;
|
st = new_symtab (pst->filename, maxlines, pst->objfile);
|
st = new_symtab (pst->filename, maxlines, pst->objfile);
|
|
|
/* The proper language was already determined when building
|
/* The proper language was already determined when building
|
the psymtab, use it. */
|
the psymtab, use it. */
|
st->language = PST_PRIVATE (pst)->pst_language;
|
st->language = PST_PRIVATE (pst)->pst_language;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
psymtab_language = st->language;
|
psymtab_language = st->language;
|
|
|
lines = LINETABLE (st);
|
lines = LINETABLE (st);
|
|
|
/* Get a new lexical context */
|
/* Get a new lexical context */
|
|
|
push_parse_stack ();
|
push_parse_stack ();
|
top_stack->cur_st = st;
|
top_stack->cur_st = st;
|
top_stack->cur_block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (st),
|
top_stack->cur_block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (st),
|
STATIC_BLOCK);
|
STATIC_BLOCK);
|
BLOCK_START (top_stack->cur_block) = pst->textlow;
|
BLOCK_START (top_stack->cur_block) = pst->textlow;
|
BLOCK_END (top_stack->cur_block) = 0;
|
BLOCK_END (top_stack->cur_block) = 0;
|
top_stack->blocktype = stFile;
|
top_stack->blocktype = stFile;
|
top_stack->cur_type = 0;
|
top_stack->cur_type = 0;
|
top_stack->procadr = 0;
|
top_stack->procadr = 0;
|
top_stack->numargs = 0;
|
top_stack->numargs = 0;
|
found_ecoff_debugging_info = 0;
|
found_ecoff_debugging_info = 0;
|
|
|
if (fh)
|
if (fh)
|
{
|
{
|
char *sym_ptr;
|
char *sym_ptr;
|
char *sym_end;
|
char *sym_end;
|
|
|
/* Parse local symbols first */
|
/* Parse local symbols first */
|
sym_ptr = ((char *) debug_info->external_sym
|
sym_ptr = ((char *) debug_info->external_sym
|
+ fh->isymBase * external_sym_size);
|
+ fh->isymBase * external_sym_size);
|
sym_end = sym_ptr + fh->csym * external_sym_size;
|
sym_end = sym_ptr + fh->csym * external_sym_size;
|
while (sym_ptr < sym_end)
|
while (sym_ptr < sym_end)
|
{
|
{
|
SYMR sh;
|
SYMR sh;
|
int c;
|
int c;
|
|
|
(*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd, sym_ptr, &sh);
|
(*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd, sym_ptr, &sh);
|
c = parse_symbol (&sh,
|
c = parse_symbol (&sh,
|
debug_info->external_aux + fh->iauxBase,
|
debug_info->external_aux + fh->iauxBase,
|
sym_ptr, fh->fBigendian, pst->section_offsets, pst->objfile);
|
sym_ptr, fh->fBigendian, pst->section_offsets, pst->objfile);
|
sym_ptr += c * external_sym_size;
|
sym_ptr += c * external_sym_size;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Linenumbers. At the end, check if we can save memory.
|
/* Linenumbers. At the end, check if we can save memory.
|
parse_lines has to look ahead an arbitrary number of PDR
|
parse_lines has to look ahead an arbitrary number of PDR
|
structures, so we swap them all first. */
|
structures, so we swap them all first. */
|
if (fh->cpd > 0)
|
if (fh->cpd > 0)
|
{
|
{
|
PDR *pr_block;
|
PDR *pr_block;
|
struct cleanup *old_chain;
|
struct cleanup *old_chain;
|
char *pdr_ptr;
|
char *pdr_ptr;
|
char *pdr_end;
|
char *pdr_end;
|
PDR *pdr_in;
|
PDR *pdr_in;
|
PDR *pdr_in_end;
|
PDR *pdr_in_end;
|
|
|
pr_block = (PDR *) xmalloc (fh->cpd * sizeof (PDR));
|
pr_block = (PDR *) xmalloc (fh->cpd * sizeof (PDR));
|
|
|
old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, pr_block);
|
old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, pr_block);
|
|
|
pdr_ptr = ((char *) debug_info->external_pdr
|
pdr_ptr = ((char *) debug_info->external_pdr
|
+ fh->ipdFirst * external_pdr_size);
|
+ fh->ipdFirst * external_pdr_size);
|
pdr_end = pdr_ptr + fh->cpd * external_pdr_size;
|
pdr_end = pdr_ptr + fh->cpd * external_pdr_size;
|
pdr_in = pr_block;
|
pdr_in = pr_block;
|
for (;
|
for (;
|
pdr_ptr < pdr_end;
|
pdr_ptr < pdr_end;
|
pdr_ptr += external_pdr_size, pdr_in++)
|
pdr_ptr += external_pdr_size, pdr_in++)
|
{
|
{
|
(*swap_pdr_in) (cur_bfd, pdr_ptr, pdr_in);
|
(*swap_pdr_in) (cur_bfd, pdr_ptr, pdr_in);
|
|
|
/* Determine lowest PDR address, the PDRs are not always
|
/* Determine lowest PDR address, the PDRs are not always
|
sorted. */
|
sorted. */
|
if (pdr_in == pr_block)
|
if (pdr_in == pr_block)
|
lowest_pdr_addr = pdr_in->adr;
|
lowest_pdr_addr = pdr_in->adr;
|
else if (pdr_in->adr < lowest_pdr_addr)
|
else if (pdr_in->adr < lowest_pdr_addr)
|
lowest_pdr_addr = pdr_in->adr;
|
lowest_pdr_addr = pdr_in->adr;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
parse_lines (fh, pr_block, lines, maxlines, pst, lowest_pdr_addr);
|
parse_lines (fh, pr_block, lines, maxlines, pst, lowest_pdr_addr);
|
if (lines->nitems < fh->cline)
|
if (lines->nitems < fh->cline)
|
lines = shrink_linetable (lines);
|
lines = shrink_linetable (lines);
|
|
|
/* Fill in procedure info next. */
|
/* Fill in procedure info next. */
|
pdr_in = pr_block;
|
pdr_in = pr_block;
|
pdr_in_end = pdr_in + fh->cpd;
|
pdr_in_end = pdr_in + fh->cpd;
|
for (; pdr_in < pdr_in_end; pdr_in++)
|
for (; pdr_in < pdr_in_end; pdr_in++)
|
parse_procedure (pdr_in, 0, pst);
|
parse_procedure (pdr_in, 0, pst);
|
|
|
do_cleanups (old_chain);
|
do_cleanups (old_chain);
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
LINETABLE (st) = lines;
|
LINETABLE (st) = lines;
|
|
|
/* .. and our share of externals.
|
/* .. and our share of externals.
|
XXX use the global list to speed up things here. how?
|
XXX use the global list to speed up things here. how?
|
FIXME, Maybe quit once we have found the right number of ext's? */
|
FIXME, Maybe quit once we have found the right number of ext's? */
|
top_stack->cur_st = st;
|
top_stack->cur_st = st;
|
top_stack->cur_block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (top_stack->cur_st),
|
top_stack->cur_block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (top_stack->cur_st),
|
GLOBAL_BLOCK);
|
GLOBAL_BLOCK);
|
top_stack->blocktype = stFile;
|
top_stack->blocktype = stFile;
|
|
|
ext_ptr = PST_PRIVATE (pst)->extern_tab;
|
ext_ptr = PST_PRIVATE (pst)->extern_tab;
|
for (i = PST_PRIVATE (pst)->extern_count; --i >= 0; ext_ptr++)
|
for (i = PST_PRIVATE (pst)->extern_count; --i >= 0; ext_ptr++)
|
parse_external (ext_ptr, fh->fBigendian, pst->section_offsets, pst->objfile);
|
parse_external (ext_ptr, fh->fBigendian, pst->section_offsets, pst->objfile);
|
|
|
/* If there are undefined symbols, tell the user.
|
/* If there are undefined symbols, tell the user.
|
The alpha has an undefined symbol for every symbol that is
|
The alpha has an undefined symbol for every symbol that is
|
from a shared library, so tell the user only if verbose is on. */
|
from a shared library, so tell the user only if verbose is on. */
|
if (info_verbose && n_undef_symbols)
|
if (info_verbose && n_undef_symbols)
|
{
|
{
|
printf_filtered (_("File %s contains %d unresolved references:"),
|
printf_filtered (_("File %s contains %d unresolved references:"),
|
st->filename, n_undef_symbols);
|
st->filename, n_undef_symbols);
|
printf_filtered ("\n\t%4d variables\n\t%4d procedures\n\t%4d labels\n",
|
printf_filtered ("\n\t%4d variables\n\t%4d procedures\n\t%4d labels\n",
|
n_undef_vars, n_undef_procs, n_undef_labels);
|
n_undef_vars, n_undef_procs, n_undef_labels);
|
n_undef_symbols = n_undef_labels = n_undef_vars = n_undef_procs = 0;
|
n_undef_symbols = n_undef_labels = n_undef_vars = n_undef_procs = 0;
|
|
|
}
|
}
|
pop_parse_stack ();
|
pop_parse_stack ();
|
|
|
st->primary = 1;
|
st->primary = 1;
|
|
|
sort_blocks (st);
|
sort_blocks (st);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Now link the psymtab and the symtab. */
|
/* Now link the psymtab and the symtab. */
|
pst->symtab = st;
|
pst->symtab = st;
|
|
|
current_objfile = NULL;
|
current_objfile = NULL;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Ancillary parsing procedures. */
|
/* Ancillary parsing procedures. */
|
|
|
/* Return 1 if the symbol pointed to by SH has a cross reference
|
/* Return 1 if the symbol pointed to by SH has a cross reference
|
to an opaque aggregate type, else 0. */
|
to an opaque aggregate type, else 0. */
|
|
|
static int
|
static int
|
has_opaque_xref (FDR *fh, SYMR *sh)
|
has_opaque_xref (FDR *fh, SYMR *sh)
|
{
|
{
|
TIR tir;
|
TIR tir;
|
union aux_ext *ax;
|
union aux_ext *ax;
|
RNDXR rn[1];
|
RNDXR rn[1];
|
unsigned int rf;
|
unsigned int rf;
|
|
|
if (sh->index == indexNil)
|
if (sh->index == indexNil)
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
|
|
ax = debug_info->external_aux + fh->iauxBase + sh->index;
|
ax = debug_info->external_aux + fh->iauxBase + sh->index;
|
(*debug_swap->swap_tir_in) (fh->fBigendian, &ax->a_ti, &tir);
|
(*debug_swap->swap_tir_in) (fh->fBigendian, &ax->a_ti, &tir);
|
if (tir.bt != btStruct && tir.bt != btUnion && tir.bt != btEnum)
|
if (tir.bt != btStruct && tir.bt != btUnion && tir.bt != btEnum)
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
|
|
ax++;
|
ax++;
|
(*debug_swap->swap_rndx_in) (fh->fBigendian, &ax->a_rndx, rn);
|
(*debug_swap->swap_rndx_in) (fh->fBigendian, &ax->a_rndx, rn);
|
if (rn->rfd == 0xfff)
|
if (rn->rfd == 0xfff)
|
rf = AUX_GET_ISYM (fh->fBigendian, ax + 1);
|
rf = AUX_GET_ISYM (fh->fBigendian, ax + 1);
|
else
|
else
|
rf = rn->rfd;
|
rf = rn->rfd;
|
if (rf != -1)
|
if (rf != -1)
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
return 1;
|
return 1;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Lookup the type at relative index RN. Return it in TPP
|
/* Lookup the type at relative index RN. Return it in TPP
|
if found and in any event come up with its name PNAME.
|
if found and in any event come up with its name PNAME.
|
BIGEND says whether aux symbols are big-endian or not (from fh->fBigendian).
|
BIGEND says whether aux symbols are big-endian or not (from fh->fBigendian).
|
Return value says how many aux symbols we ate. */
|
Return value says how many aux symbols we ate. */
|
|
|
static int
|
static int
|
cross_ref (int fd, union aux_ext *ax, struct type **tpp, enum type_code type_code, /* Use to alloc new type if none is found. */
|
cross_ref (int fd, union aux_ext *ax, struct type **tpp, enum type_code type_code, /* Use to alloc new type if none is found. */
|
char **pname, int bigend, char *sym_name)
|
char **pname, int bigend, char *sym_name)
|
{
|
{
|
RNDXR rn[1];
|
RNDXR rn[1];
|
unsigned int rf;
|
unsigned int rf;
|
int result = 1;
|
int result = 1;
|
FDR *fh;
|
FDR *fh;
|
char *esh;
|
char *esh;
|
SYMR sh;
|
SYMR sh;
|
int xref_fd;
|
int xref_fd;
|
struct mdebug_pending *pend;
|
struct mdebug_pending *pend;
|
|
|
*tpp = (struct type *) NULL;
|
*tpp = (struct type *) NULL;
|
|
|
(*debug_swap->swap_rndx_in) (bigend, &ax->a_rndx, rn);
|
(*debug_swap->swap_rndx_in) (bigend, &ax->a_rndx, rn);
|
|
|
/* Escape index means 'the next one' */
|
/* Escape index means 'the next one' */
|
if (rn->rfd == 0xfff)
|
if (rn->rfd == 0xfff)
|
{
|
{
|
result++;
|
result++;
|
rf = AUX_GET_ISYM (bigend, ax + 1);
|
rf = AUX_GET_ISYM (bigend, ax + 1);
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
{
|
{
|
rf = rn->rfd;
|
rf = rn->rfd;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* mips cc uses a rf of -1 for opaque struct definitions.
|
/* mips cc uses a rf of -1 for opaque struct definitions.
|
Set TYPE_FLAG_STUB for these types so that check_typedef will
|
Set TYPE_FLAG_STUB for these types so that check_typedef will
|
resolve them if the struct gets defined in another compilation unit. */
|
resolve them if the struct gets defined in another compilation unit. */
|
if (rf == -1)
|
if (rf == -1)
|
{
|
{
|
*pname = "<undefined>";
|
*pname = "<undefined>";
|
*tpp = init_type (type_code, 0, TYPE_FLAG_STUB, (char *) NULL, current_objfile);
|
*tpp = init_type (type_code, 0, TYPE_FLAG_STUB, (char *) NULL, current_objfile);
|
return result;
|
return result;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* mips cc uses an escaped rn->index of 0 for struct return types
|
/* mips cc uses an escaped rn->index of 0 for struct return types
|
of procedures that were compiled without -g. These will always remain
|
of procedures that were compiled without -g. These will always remain
|
undefined. */
|
undefined. */
|
if (rn->rfd == 0xfff && rn->index == 0)
|
if (rn->rfd == 0xfff && rn->index == 0)
|
{
|
{
|
*pname = "<undefined>";
|
*pname = "<undefined>";
|
return result;
|
return result;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Find the relative file descriptor and the symbol in it. */
|
/* Find the relative file descriptor and the symbol in it. */
|
fh = get_rfd (fd, rf);
|
fh = get_rfd (fd, rf);
|
xref_fd = fh - debug_info->fdr;
|
xref_fd = fh - debug_info->fdr;
|
|
|
if (rn->index >= fh->csym)
|
if (rn->index >= fh->csym)
|
{
|
{
|
/* File indirect entry is corrupt. */
|
/* File indirect entry is corrupt. */
|
*pname = "<illegal>";
|
*pname = "<illegal>";
|
bad_rfd_entry_complaint (sym_name, xref_fd, rn->index);
|
bad_rfd_entry_complaint (sym_name, xref_fd, rn->index);
|
return result;
|
return result;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* If we have processed this symbol then we left a forwarding
|
/* If we have processed this symbol then we left a forwarding
|
pointer to the type in the pending list. If not, we`ll put
|
pointer to the type in the pending list. If not, we`ll put
|
it in a list of pending types, to be processed later when
|
it in a list of pending types, to be processed later when
|
the file will be. In any event, we collect the name for the
|
the file will be. In any event, we collect the name for the
|
type here. */
|
type here. */
|
|
|
esh = ((char *) debug_info->external_sym
|
esh = ((char *) debug_info->external_sym
|
+ ((fh->isymBase + rn->index)
|
+ ((fh->isymBase + rn->index)
|
* debug_swap->external_sym_size));
|
* debug_swap->external_sym_size));
|
(*debug_swap->swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd, esh, &sh);
|
(*debug_swap->swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd, esh, &sh);
|
|
|
/* Make sure that this type of cross reference can be handled. */
|
/* Make sure that this type of cross reference can be handled. */
|
if ((sh.sc != scInfo
|
if ((sh.sc != scInfo
|
|| (sh.st != stBlock && sh.st != stTypedef && sh.st != stIndirect
|
|| (sh.st != stBlock && sh.st != stTypedef && sh.st != stIndirect
|
&& sh.st != stStruct && sh.st != stUnion
|
&& sh.st != stStruct && sh.st != stUnion
|
&& sh.st != stEnum))
|
&& sh.st != stEnum))
|
&& (sh.st != stBlock || !SC_IS_COMMON (sh.sc)))
|
&& (sh.st != stBlock || !SC_IS_COMMON (sh.sc)))
|
{
|
{
|
/* File indirect entry is corrupt. */
|
/* File indirect entry is corrupt. */
|
*pname = "<illegal>";
|
*pname = "<illegal>";
|
bad_rfd_entry_complaint (sym_name, xref_fd, rn->index);
|
bad_rfd_entry_complaint (sym_name, xref_fd, rn->index);
|
return result;
|
return result;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
*pname = debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss;
|
*pname = debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss;
|
|
|
pend = is_pending_symbol (fh, esh);
|
pend = is_pending_symbol (fh, esh);
|
if (pend)
|
if (pend)
|
*tpp = pend->t;
|
*tpp = pend->t;
|
else
|
else
|
{
|
{
|
/* We have not yet seen this type. */
|
/* We have not yet seen this type. */
|
|
|
if ((sh.iss == 0 && sh.st == stTypedef) || sh.st == stIndirect)
|
if ((sh.iss == 0 && sh.st == stTypedef) || sh.st == stIndirect)
|
{
|
{
|
TIR tir;
|
TIR tir;
|
|
|
/* alpha cc puts out a stTypedef with a sh.iss of zero for
|
/* alpha cc puts out a stTypedef with a sh.iss of zero for
|
two cases:
|
two cases:
|
a) forward declarations of structs/unions/enums which are not
|
a) forward declarations of structs/unions/enums which are not
|
defined in this compilation unit.
|
defined in this compilation unit.
|
For these the type will be void. This is a bad design decision
|
For these the type will be void. This is a bad design decision
|
as cross referencing across compilation units is impossible
|
as cross referencing across compilation units is impossible
|
due to the missing name.
|
due to the missing name.
|
b) forward declarations of structs/unions/enums/typedefs which
|
b) forward declarations of structs/unions/enums/typedefs which
|
are defined later in this file or in another file in the same
|
are defined later in this file or in another file in the same
|
compilation unit. Irix5 cc uses a stIndirect symbol for this.
|
compilation unit. Irix5 cc uses a stIndirect symbol for this.
|
Simply cross reference those again to get the true type.
|
Simply cross reference those again to get the true type.
|
The forward references are not entered in the pending list and
|
The forward references are not entered in the pending list and
|
in the symbol table. */
|
in the symbol table. */
|
|
|
(*debug_swap->swap_tir_in) (bigend,
|
(*debug_swap->swap_tir_in) (bigend,
|
&(debug_info->external_aux
|
&(debug_info->external_aux
|
+ fh->iauxBase + sh.index)->a_ti,
|
+ fh->iauxBase + sh.index)->a_ti,
|
&tir);
|
&tir);
|
if (tir.tq0 != tqNil)
|
if (tir.tq0 != tqNil)
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints,
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints,
|
_("illegal tq0 in forward typedef for %s"), sym_name);
|
_("illegal tq0 in forward typedef for %s"), sym_name);
|
switch (tir.bt)
|
switch (tir.bt)
|
{
|
{
|
case btVoid:
|
case btVoid:
|
*tpp = init_type (type_code, 0, 0, (char *) NULL,
|
*tpp = init_type (type_code, 0, 0, (char *) NULL,
|
current_objfile);
|
current_objfile);
|
*pname = "<undefined>";
|
*pname = "<undefined>";
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case btStruct:
|
case btStruct:
|
case btUnion:
|
case btUnion:
|
case btEnum:
|
case btEnum:
|
cross_ref (xref_fd,
|
cross_ref (xref_fd,
|
(debug_info->external_aux
|
(debug_info->external_aux
|
+ fh->iauxBase + sh.index + 1),
|
+ fh->iauxBase + sh.index + 1),
|
tpp, type_code, pname,
|
tpp, type_code, pname,
|
fh->fBigendian, sym_name);
|
fh->fBigendian, sym_name);
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case btTypedef:
|
case btTypedef:
|
/* Follow a forward typedef. This might recursively
|
/* Follow a forward typedef. This might recursively
|
call cross_ref till we get a non typedef'ed type.
|
call cross_ref till we get a non typedef'ed type.
|
FIXME: This is not correct behaviour, but gdb currently
|
FIXME: This is not correct behaviour, but gdb currently
|
cannot handle typedefs without type copying. Type
|
cannot handle typedefs without type copying. Type
|
copying is impossible as we might have mutual forward
|
copying is impossible as we might have mutual forward
|
references between two files and the copied type would not
|
references between two files and the copied type would not
|
get filled in when we later parse its definition. */
|
get filled in when we later parse its definition. */
|
*tpp = parse_type (xref_fd,
|
*tpp = parse_type (xref_fd,
|
debug_info->external_aux + fh->iauxBase,
|
debug_info->external_aux + fh->iauxBase,
|
sh.index,
|
sh.index,
|
(int *) NULL,
|
(int *) NULL,
|
fh->fBigendian,
|
fh->fBigendian,
|
debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss);
|
debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss);
|
add_pending (fh, esh, *tpp);
|
add_pending (fh, esh, *tpp);
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
default:
|
default:
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints,
|
complaint (&symfile_complaints,
|
_("illegal bt %d in forward typedef for %s"), tir.bt,
|
_("illegal bt %d in forward typedef for %s"), tir.bt,
|
sym_name);
|
sym_name);
|
*tpp = init_type (type_code, 0, 0, (char *) NULL,
|
*tpp = init_type (type_code, 0, 0, (char *) NULL,
|
current_objfile);
|
current_objfile);
|
break;
|
break;
|
}
|
}
|
return result;
|
return result;
|
}
|
}
|
else if (sh.st == stTypedef)
|
else if (sh.st == stTypedef)
|
{
|
{
|
/* Parse the type for a normal typedef. This might recursively call
|
/* Parse the type for a normal typedef. This might recursively call
|
cross_ref till we get a non typedef'ed type.
|
cross_ref till we get a non typedef'ed type.
|
FIXME: This is not correct behaviour, but gdb currently
|
FIXME: This is not correct behaviour, but gdb currently
|
cannot handle typedefs without type copying. But type copying is
|
cannot handle typedefs without type copying. But type copying is
|
impossible as we might have mutual forward references between
|
impossible as we might have mutual forward references between
|
two files and the copied type would not get filled in when
|
two files and the copied type would not get filled in when
|
we later parse its definition. */
|
we later parse its definition. */
|
*tpp = parse_type (xref_fd,
|
*tpp = parse_type (xref_fd,
|
debug_info->external_aux + fh->iauxBase,
|
debug_info->external_aux + fh->iauxBase,
|
sh.index,
|
sh.index,
|
(int *) NULL,
|
(int *) NULL,
|
fh->fBigendian,
|
fh->fBigendian,
|
debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss);
|
debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss);
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
{
|
{
|
/* Cross reference to a struct/union/enum which is defined
|
/* Cross reference to a struct/union/enum which is defined
|
in another file in the same compilation unit but that file
|
in another file in the same compilation unit but that file
|
has not been parsed yet.
|
has not been parsed yet.
|
Initialize the type only, it will be filled in when
|
Initialize the type only, it will be filled in when
|
it's definition is parsed. */
|
it's definition is parsed. */
|
*tpp = init_type (type_code, 0, 0, (char *) NULL, current_objfile);
|
*tpp = init_type (type_code, 0, 0, (char *) NULL, current_objfile);
|
}
|
}
|
add_pending (fh, esh, *tpp);
|
add_pending (fh, esh, *tpp);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* We used one auxent normally, two if we got a "next one" rf. */
|
/* We used one auxent normally, two if we got a "next one" rf. */
|
return result;
|
return result;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
/* Quick&dirty lookup procedure, to avoid the MI ones that require
|
/* Quick&dirty lookup procedure, to avoid the MI ones that require
|
keeping the symtab sorted */
|
keeping the symtab sorted */
|
|
|
static struct symbol *
|
static struct symbol *
|
mylookup_symbol (char *name, struct block *block,
|
mylookup_symbol (char *name, struct block *block,
|
domain_enum domain, enum address_class class)
|
domain_enum domain, enum address_class class)
|
{
|
{
|
struct dict_iterator iter;
|
struct dict_iterator iter;
|
int inc;
|
int inc;
|
struct symbol *sym;
|
struct symbol *sym;
|
|
|
inc = name[0];
|
inc = name[0];
|
ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (block, iter, sym)
|
ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (block, iter, sym)
|
{
|
{
|
if (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym)[0] == inc
|
if (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym)[0] == inc
|
&& SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym) == domain
|
&& SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym) == domain
|
&& SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) == class
|
&& SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) == class
|
&& strcmp (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym), name) == 0)
|
&& strcmp (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym), name) == 0)
|
return sym;
|
return sym;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
block = BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (block);
|
block = BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (block);
|
if (block)
|
if (block)
|
return mylookup_symbol (name, block, domain, class);
|
return mylookup_symbol (name, block, domain, class);
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
/* Add a new symbol S to a block B. */
|
/* Add a new symbol S to a block B. */
|
|
|
static void
|
static void
|
add_symbol (struct symbol *s, struct symtab *symtab, struct block *b)
|
add_symbol (struct symbol *s, struct symtab *symtab, struct block *b)
|
{
|
{
|
SYMBOL_SYMTAB (s) = symtab;
|
SYMBOL_SYMTAB (s) = symtab;
|
dict_add_symbol (BLOCK_DICT (b), s);
|
dict_add_symbol (BLOCK_DICT (b), s);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Add a new block B to a symtab S */
|
/* Add a new block B to a symtab S */
|
|
|
static void
|
static void
|
add_block (struct block *b, struct symtab *s)
|
add_block (struct block *b, struct symtab *s)
|
{
|
{
|
struct blockvector *bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
|
struct blockvector *bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
|
|
|
bv = (struct blockvector *) xrealloc ((void *) bv,
|
bv = (struct blockvector *) xrealloc ((void *) bv,
|
(sizeof (struct blockvector)
|
(sizeof (struct blockvector)
|
+ BLOCKVECTOR_NBLOCKS (bv)
|
+ BLOCKVECTOR_NBLOCKS (bv)
|
* sizeof (bv->block)));
|
* sizeof (bv->block)));
|
if (bv != BLOCKVECTOR (s))
|
if (bv != BLOCKVECTOR (s))
|
BLOCKVECTOR (s) = bv;
|
BLOCKVECTOR (s) = bv;
|
|
|
BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, BLOCKVECTOR_NBLOCKS (bv)++) = b;
|
BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, BLOCKVECTOR_NBLOCKS (bv)++) = b;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Add a new linenumber entry (LINENO,ADR) to a linevector LT.
|
/* Add a new linenumber entry (LINENO,ADR) to a linevector LT.
|
MIPS' linenumber encoding might need more than one byte
|
MIPS' linenumber encoding might need more than one byte
|
to describe it, LAST is used to detect these continuation lines.
|
to describe it, LAST is used to detect these continuation lines.
|
|
|
Combining lines with the same line number seems like a bad idea.
|
Combining lines with the same line number seems like a bad idea.
|
E.g: There could be a line number entry with the same line number after the
|
E.g: There could be a line number entry with the same line number after the
|
prologue and GDB should not ignore it (this is a better way to find
|
prologue and GDB should not ignore it (this is a better way to find
|
a prologue than mips_skip_prologue).
|
a prologue than mips_skip_prologue).
|
But due to the compressed line table format there are line number entries
|
But due to the compressed line table format there are line number entries
|
for the same line which are needed to bridge the gap to the next
|
for the same line which are needed to bridge the gap to the next
|
line number entry. These entries have a bogus address info with them
|
line number entry. These entries have a bogus address info with them
|
and we are unable to tell them from intended duplicate line number
|
and we are unable to tell them from intended duplicate line number
|
entries.
|
entries.
|
This is another reason why -ggdb debugging format is preferable. */
|
This is another reason why -ggdb debugging format is preferable. */
|
|
|
static int
|
static int
|
add_line (struct linetable *lt, int lineno, CORE_ADDR adr, int last)
|
add_line (struct linetable *lt, int lineno, CORE_ADDR adr, int last)
|
{
|
{
|
/* DEC c89 sometimes produces zero linenos which confuse gdb.
|
/* DEC c89 sometimes produces zero linenos which confuse gdb.
|
Change them to something sensible. */
|
Change them to something sensible. */
|
if (lineno == 0)
|
if (lineno == 0)
|
lineno = 1;
|
lineno = 1;
|
if (last == 0)
|
if (last == 0)
|
last = -2; /* make sure we record first line */
|
last = -2; /* make sure we record first line */
|
|
|
if (last == lineno) /* skip continuation lines */
|
if (last == lineno) /* skip continuation lines */
|
return lineno;
|
return lineno;
|
|
|
lt->item[lt->nitems].line = lineno;
|
lt->item[lt->nitems].line = lineno;
|
lt->item[lt->nitems++].pc = adr << 2;
|
lt->item[lt->nitems++].pc = adr << 2;
|
return lineno;
|
return lineno;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Sorting and reordering procedures */
|
/* Sorting and reordering procedures */
|
|
|
/* Blocks with a smaller low bound should come first */
|
/* Blocks with a smaller low bound should come first */
|
|
|
static int
|
static int
|
compare_blocks (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
|
compare_blocks (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
|
{
|
{
|
LONGEST addr_diff;
|
LONGEST addr_diff;
|
struct block **b1 = (struct block **) arg1;
|
struct block **b1 = (struct block **) arg1;
|
struct block **b2 = (struct block **) arg2;
|
struct block **b2 = (struct block **) arg2;
|
|
|
addr_diff = (BLOCK_START ((*b1))) - (BLOCK_START ((*b2)));
|
addr_diff = (BLOCK_START ((*b1))) - (BLOCK_START ((*b2)));
|
if (addr_diff == 0)
|
if (addr_diff == 0)
|
return (BLOCK_END ((*b2))) - (BLOCK_END ((*b1)));
|
return (BLOCK_END ((*b2))) - (BLOCK_END ((*b1)));
|
return addr_diff;
|
return addr_diff;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Sort the blocks of a symtab S.
|
/* Sort the blocks of a symtab S.
|
Reorder the blocks in the blockvector by code-address,
|
Reorder the blocks in the blockvector by code-address,
|
as required by some MI search routines */
|
as required by some MI search routines */
|
|
|
static void
|
static void
|
sort_blocks (struct symtab *s)
|
sort_blocks (struct symtab *s)
|
{
|
{
|
struct blockvector *bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
|
struct blockvector *bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
|
|
|
if (BLOCKVECTOR_NBLOCKS (bv) <= 2)
|
if (BLOCKVECTOR_NBLOCKS (bv) <= 2)
|
{
|
{
|
/* Cosmetic */
|
/* Cosmetic */
|
if (BLOCK_END (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK)) == 0)
|
if (BLOCK_END (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK)) == 0)
|
BLOCK_START (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK)) = 0;
|
BLOCK_START (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK)) = 0;
|
if (BLOCK_END (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK)) == 0)
|
if (BLOCK_END (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK)) == 0)
|
BLOCK_START (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK)) = 0;
|
BLOCK_START (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK)) = 0;
|
return;
|
return;
|
}
|
}
|
/*
|
/*
|
* This is very unfortunate: normally all functions are compiled in
|
* This is very unfortunate: normally all functions are compiled in
|
* the order they are found, but if the file is compiled -O3 things
|
* the order they are found, but if the file is compiled -O3 things
|
* are very different. It would be nice to find a reliable test
|
* are very different. It would be nice to find a reliable test
|
* to detect -O3 images in advance.
|
* to detect -O3 images in advance.
|
*/
|
*/
|
if (BLOCKVECTOR_NBLOCKS (bv) > 3)
|
if (BLOCKVECTOR_NBLOCKS (bv) > 3)
|
qsort (&BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, FIRST_LOCAL_BLOCK),
|
qsort (&BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, FIRST_LOCAL_BLOCK),
|
BLOCKVECTOR_NBLOCKS (bv) - FIRST_LOCAL_BLOCK,
|
BLOCKVECTOR_NBLOCKS (bv) - FIRST_LOCAL_BLOCK,
|
sizeof (struct block *),
|
sizeof (struct block *),
|
compare_blocks);
|
compare_blocks);
|
|
|
{
|
{
|
CORE_ADDR high = 0;
|
CORE_ADDR high = 0;
|
int i, j = BLOCKVECTOR_NBLOCKS (bv);
|
int i, j = BLOCKVECTOR_NBLOCKS (bv);
|
|
|
for (i = FIRST_LOCAL_BLOCK; i < j; i++)
|
for (i = FIRST_LOCAL_BLOCK; i < j; i++)
|
if (high < BLOCK_END (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, i)))
|
if (high < BLOCK_END (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, i)))
|
high = BLOCK_END (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, i));
|
high = BLOCK_END (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, i));
|
BLOCK_END (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK)) = high;
|
BLOCK_END (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK)) = high;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
BLOCK_START (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK)) =
|
BLOCK_START (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK)) =
|
BLOCK_START (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, FIRST_LOCAL_BLOCK));
|
BLOCK_START (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, FIRST_LOCAL_BLOCK));
|
|
|
BLOCK_START (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK)) =
|
BLOCK_START (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK)) =
|
BLOCK_START (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK));
|
BLOCK_START (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK));
|
BLOCK_END (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK)) =
|
BLOCK_END (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK)) =
|
BLOCK_END (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK));
|
BLOCK_END (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK));
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
/* Constructor/restructor/destructor procedures */
|
/* Constructor/restructor/destructor procedures */
|
|
|
/* Allocate a new symtab for NAME. Needs an estimate of how many
|
/* Allocate a new symtab for NAME. Needs an estimate of how many
|
linenumbers MAXLINES we'll put in it */
|
linenumbers MAXLINES we'll put in it */
|
|
|
static struct symtab *
|
static struct symtab *
|
new_symtab (char *name, int maxlines, struct objfile *objfile)
|
new_symtab (char *name, int maxlines, struct objfile *objfile)
|
{
|
{
|
struct symtab *s = allocate_symtab (name, objfile);
|
struct symtab *s = allocate_symtab (name, objfile);
|
|
|
LINETABLE (s) = new_linetable (maxlines);
|
LINETABLE (s) = new_linetable (maxlines);
|
|
|
/* All symtabs must have at least two blocks */
|
/* All symtabs must have at least two blocks */
|
BLOCKVECTOR (s) = new_bvect (2);
|
BLOCKVECTOR (s) = new_bvect (2);
|
BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s), GLOBAL_BLOCK)
|
BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s), GLOBAL_BLOCK)
|
= new_block (NON_FUNCTION_BLOCK);
|
= new_block (NON_FUNCTION_BLOCK);
|
BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s), STATIC_BLOCK)
|
BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s), STATIC_BLOCK)
|
= new_block (NON_FUNCTION_BLOCK);
|
= new_block (NON_FUNCTION_BLOCK);
|
BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s), STATIC_BLOCK)) =
|
BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s), STATIC_BLOCK)) =
|
BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s), GLOBAL_BLOCK);
|
BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s), GLOBAL_BLOCK);
|
|
|
s->free_code = free_linetable;
|
s->free_code = free_linetable;
|
s->debugformat = "ECOFF";
|
s->debugformat = "ECOFF";
|
return (s);
|
return (s);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Allocate a new partial_symtab NAME */
|
/* Allocate a new partial_symtab NAME */
|
|
|
static struct partial_symtab *
|
static struct partial_symtab *
|
new_psymtab (char *name, struct objfile *objfile)
|
new_psymtab (char *name, struct objfile *objfile)
|
{
|
{
|
struct partial_symtab *psymtab;
|
struct partial_symtab *psymtab;
|
|
|
psymtab = allocate_psymtab (name, objfile);
|
psymtab = allocate_psymtab (name, objfile);
|
psymtab->section_offsets = objfile->section_offsets;
|
psymtab->section_offsets = objfile->section_offsets;
|
|
|
/* Keep a backpointer to the file's symbols */
|
/* Keep a backpointer to the file's symbols */
|
|
|
psymtab->read_symtab_private = ((char *)
|
psymtab->read_symtab_private = ((char *)
|
obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
|
obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
|
sizeof (struct symloc)));
|
sizeof (struct symloc)));
|
memset (psymtab->read_symtab_private, 0, sizeof (struct symloc));
|
memset (psymtab->read_symtab_private, 0, sizeof (struct symloc));
|
CUR_BFD (psymtab) = cur_bfd;
|
CUR_BFD (psymtab) = cur_bfd;
|
DEBUG_SWAP (psymtab) = debug_swap;
|
DEBUG_SWAP (psymtab) = debug_swap;
|
DEBUG_INFO (psymtab) = debug_info;
|
DEBUG_INFO (psymtab) = debug_info;
|
PENDING_LIST (psymtab) = pending_list;
|
PENDING_LIST (psymtab) = pending_list;
|
|
|
/* The way to turn this into a symtab is to call... */
|
/* The way to turn this into a symtab is to call... */
|
psymtab->read_symtab = mdebug_psymtab_to_symtab;
|
psymtab->read_symtab = mdebug_psymtab_to_symtab;
|
return (psymtab);
|
return (psymtab);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
/* Allocate a linetable array of the given SIZE. Since the struct
|
/* Allocate a linetable array of the given SIZE. Since the struct
|
already includes one item, we subtract one when calculating the
|
already includes one item, we subtract one when calculating the
|
proper size to allocate. */
|
proper size to allocate. */
|
|
|
static struct linetable *
|
static struct linetable *
|
new_linetable (int size)
|
new_linetable (int size)
|
{
|
{
|
struct linetable *l;
|
struct linetable *l;
|
|
|
size = (size - 1) * sizeof (l->item) + sizeof (struct linetable);
|
size = (size - 1) * sizeof (l->item) + sizeof (struct linetable);
|
l = (struct linetable *) xmalloc (size);
|
l = (struct linetable *) xmalloc (size);
|
l->nitems = 0;
|
l->nitems = 0;
|
return l;
|
return l;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Oops, too big. Shrink it. This was important with the 2.4 linetables,
|
/* Oops, too big. Shrink it. This was important with the 2.4 linetables,
|
I am not so sure about the 3.4 ones.
|
I am not so sure about the 3.4 ones.
|
|
|
Since the struct linetable already includes one item, we subtract one when
|
Since the struct linetable already includes one item, we subtract one when
|
calculating the proper size to allocate. */
|
calculating the proper size to allocate. */
|
|
|
static struct linetable *
|
static struct linetable *
|
shrink_linetable (struct linetable *lt)
|
shrink_linetable (struct linetable *lt)
|
{
|
{
|
|
|
return (struct linetable *) xrealloc ((void *) lt,
|
return (struct linetable *) xrealloc ((void *) lt,
|
(sizeof (struct linetable)
|
(sizeof (struct linetable)
|
+ ((lt->nitems - 1)
|
+ ((lt->nitems - 1)
|
* sizeof (lt->item))));
|
* sizeof (lt->item))));
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Allocate and zero a new blockvector of NBLOCKS blocks. */
|
/* Allocate and zero a new blockvector of NBLOCKS blocks. */
|
|
|
static struct blockvector *
|
static struct blockvector *
|
new_bvect (int nblocks)
|
new_bvect (int nblocks)
|
{
|
{
|
struct blockvector *bv;
|
struct blockvector *bv;
|
int size;
|
int size;
|
|
|
size = sizeof (struct blockvector) + nblocks * sizeof (struct block *);
|
size = sizeof (struct blockvector) + nblocks * sizeof (struct block *);
|
bv = (struct blockvector *) xzalloc (size);
|
bv = (struct blockvector *) xzalloc (size);
|
|
|
BLOCKVECTOR_NBLOCKS (bv) = nblocks;
|
BLOCKVECTOR_NBLOCKS (bv) = nblocks;
|
|
|
return bv;
|
return bv;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Allocate and zero a new block, and set its BLOCK_DICT. If function
|
/* Allocate and zero a new block, and set its BLOCK_DICT. If function
|
is non-zero, assume the block is associated to a function, and make
|
is non-zero, assume the block is associated to a function, and make
|
sure that the symbols are stored linearly; otherwise, store them
|
sure that the symbols are stored linearly; otherwise, store them
|
hashed. */
|
hashed. */
|
|
|
static struct block *
|
static struct block *
|
new_block (enum block_type type)
|
new_block (enum block_type type)
|
{
|
{
|
/* FIXME: carlton/2003-09-11: This should use allocate_block to
|
/* FIXME: carlton/2003-09-11: This should use allocate_block to
|
allocate the block. Which, in turn, suggests that the block
|
allocate the block. Which, in turn, suggests that the block
|
should be allocated on an obstack. */
|
should be allocated on an obstack. */
|
struct block *retval = xzalloc (sizeof (struct block));
|
struct block *retval = xzalloc (sizeof (struct block));
|
|
|
if (type == FUNCTION_BLOCK)
|
if (type == FUNCTION_BLOCK)
|
BLOCK_DICT (retval) = dict_create_linear_expandable ();
|
BLOCK_DICT (retval) = dict_create_linear_expandable ();
|
else
|
else
|
BLOCK_DICT (retval) = dict_create_hashed_expandable ();
|
BLOCK_DICT (retval) = dict_create_hashed_expandable ();
|
|
|
return retval;
|
return retval;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Create a new symbol with printname NAME */
|
/* Create a new symbol with printname NAME */
|
|
|
static struct symbol *
|
static struct symbol *
|
new_symbol (char *name)
|
new_symbol (char *name)
|
{
|
{
|
struct symbol *s = ((struct symbol *)
|
struct symbol *s = ((struct symbol *)
|
obstack_alloc (¤t_objfile->objfile_obstack,
|
obstack_alloc (¤t_objfile->objfile_obstack,
|
sizeof (struct symbol)));
|
sizeof (struct symbol)));
|
|
|
memset (s, 0, sizeof (*s));
|
memset (s, 0, sizeof (*s));
|
SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (s) = psymtab_language;
|
SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (s) = psymtab_language;
|
SYMBOL_SET_NAMES (s, name, strlen (name), 1, current_objfile);
|
SYMBOL_SET_NAMES (s, name, strlen (name), 1, current_objfile);
|
return s;
|
return s;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Create a new type with printname NAME */
|
/* Create a new type with printname NAME */
|
|
|
static struct type *
|
static struct type *
|
new_type (char *name)
|
new_type (char *name)
|
{
|
{
|
struct type *t;
|
struct type *t;
|
|
|
t = alloc_type (current_objfile);
|
t = alloc_type (current_objfile);
|
TYPE_NAME (t) = name;
|
TYPE_NAME (t) = name;
|
INIT_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (t);
|
INIT_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (t);
|
return t;
|
return t;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Read ECOFF debugging information from a BFD section. This is
|
/* Read ECOFF debugging information from a BFD section. This is
|
called from elfread.c. It parses the section into a
|
called from elfread.c. It parses the section into a
|
ecoff_debug_info struct, and then lets the rest of the file handle
|
ecoff_debug_info struct, and then lets the rest of the file handle
|
it as normal. */
|
it as normal. */
|
|
|
void
|
void
|
elfmdebug_build_psymtabs (struct objfile *objfile,
|
elfmdebug_build_psymtabs (struct objfile *objfile,
|
const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap, asection *sec)
|
const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap, asection *sec)
|
{
|
{
|
bfd *abfd = objfile->obfd;
|
bfd *abfd = objfile->obfd;
|
struct ecoff_debug_info *info;
|
struct ecoff_debug_info *info;
|
struct cleanup *back_to;
|
struct cleanup *back_to;
|
|
|
/* FIXME: It's not clear whether we should be getting minimal symbol
|
/* FIXME: It's not clear whether we should be getting minimal symbol
|
information from .mdebug in an ELF file, or whether we will.
|
information from .mdebug in an ELF file, or whether we will.
|
Re-initialize the minimal symbol reader in case we do. */
|
Re-initialize the minimal symbol reader in case we do. */
|
|
|
init_minimal_symbol_collection ();
|
init_minimal_symbol_collection ();
|
back_to = make_cleanup_discard_minimal_symbols ();
|
back_to = make_cleanup_discard_minimal_symbols ();
|
|
|
info = ((struct ecoff_debug_info *)
|
info = ((struct ecoff_debug_info *)
|
obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
|
obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
|
sizeof (struct ecoff_debug_info)));
|
sizeof (struct ecoff_debug_info)));
|
|
|
if (!(*swap->read_debug_info) (abfd, sec, info))
|
if (!(*swap->read_debug_info) (abfd, sec, info))
|
error (_("Error reading ECOFF debugging information: %s"),
|
error (_("Error reading ECOFF debugging information: %s"),
|
bfd_errmsg (bfd_get_error ()));
|
bfd_errmsg (bfd_get_error ()));
|
|
|
mdebug_build_psymtabs (objfile, swap, info);
|
mdebug_build_psymtabs (objfile, swap, info);
|
|
|
install_minimal_symbols (objfile);
|
install_minimal_symbols (objfile);
|
do_cleanups (back_to);
|
do_cleanups (back_to);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
void
|
void
|
_initialize_mdebugread (void)
|
_initialize_mdebugread (void)
|
{
|
{
|
basic_type_data = register_objfile_data ();
|
basic_type_data = register_objfile_data ();
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
